好文档就是一把金锄头!
欢迎来到金锄头文库![会员中心]
电子文档交易市场
安卓APP | ios版本
电子文档交易市场
安卓APP | ios版本

八年级下册英语完形填空、阅读理解训练题100题(含参考答案).pdf

199页
  • 卖家[上传人]:汽***
  • 文档编号:577520046
  • 上传时间:2024-08-22
  • 文档格式:PDF
  • 文档大小:29.69MB
  • / 199 举报 版权申诉 马上下载
  • 文本预览
  • 下载提示
  • 常见问题
    • 八年级下册英语完形填空、阅读理解训练题100题含答案一、完形填空Hello, my name is Jack. Of all the I , I like December. Do you know why? Mybirthday is on the thirteenth day of this month.This week is my 2 birthday. There is a birthday cake on the table. You can seethirteen candles ( 蜡烛) on the cake. I 3 my aunt and some of my friends to come tomy birthday lunch. Pm so 4 to see them. They all say “Happy birthday“ to me andgive me some nice birthday 5 . 1 like the cards very much.After 6 、 I play soccer with my friends. At about six in the afternoon I come backhome ( 回家) . Then I look at the 7 I get from my family. My mother buys a pair ofsports 8 for me. The blue and white shoes look nice. I get a blue hat from my9 、 a soccer ball from my father and a model plane from my brother John. I likethem.It's 10 a great birthday. Tm very happy!1. A. monthsB.weeksC. daysD. times2. A. eleventhB.twelfthC. thirteenthD. fourteenth3. A. letB. askC. thinkD. like4. A. busyB.healthyC. funD. happy5. A. booksB. cardsC. picturesD. sweaters6. A. breakfastB.lunchC. schoolD. dinner7. A. thingsB. clothesC. ballsD. vegetables8. A. shoesB.shortsC. trousersD. socks9. A. studentB.grandfatherC. teacherD. friend10. A. onlyB. alwaysC. reallyD. very【 答案】1. A2. C3. B4. D5. B6. B7. A 8. A9. B10. C【 分析】本文主要介绍了作者13岁的生日庆典。

      1 . 句意:在所有的月份里,我喜欢十二月份months月份;weeks星期;days天;times次数根据“I like December”可知,此处指在所有的月份里,故选A2 . 句意:这周是我的十三岁生日eleventh 第十一;twelfth 第十二;thirteenth 第十三;fourteenth 第十四根据"You cansee thirteen candles ( 蜡烛) on the cake”可知,十三岁生日要插13根蜡烛,故选C3 . 句意:我邀请我的姑姑和我的一些朋友来吃我的生日午餐let 让;ask 邀请;think 认为;like 喜欢根据"my aunt and some of my friends to cometo my birthday hmch”可知,邀请姑姑和朋友来吃午餐,故选B4 . 句意:我很开心看见他们busy忙 碌 的 ; healthy健康的;fun有趣的;happy开心的根据“They all say “Happybirthday” to me and give me some nice birthday”可知,生日看到自己的亲人和朋友会很开 心 , 故 选 D。

      5 . 句意:他们都跟我说“ 生日快乐、 并给我一些漂亮的生日卡片books 书;cards 卡片;pictures 照片;sweaters 毛衣根据"I like the cards very much”可知,送给作者一些漂亮的卡片,故选B6 . 句意:午餐后,我跟我朋友去踢足球breakfast 早餐;lunch 午 餐 ; school 学 校 ; dinner 晚餐根据"my aunt and some of myfriends to come to my birthday lunch”可知,午餐后去踢足球,故选 B7 . 句意:然后我看着从我家人那得到的东西things 东西;clothes 衣服;balls 球;vegetables 蔬菜根据"My mother buys a pair ofsports”及“I get a blue hat”可知,看着家人送的物品,故选A8 . 句意:我的妈妈给我买了一双运动鞋shoes 鞋;shorts 短裤;trousers 裤子;socks 袜子根据"The blue and white shoes looknice”可知,妈妈买了一双运动鞋,故选A。

      9 . 句意:我从我祖父那得到了一顶蓝色的帽子student 学 生 ; grandfather 祖 父 ; teacher 老 师 ; friend 朋友根据"I get from my family^^ 可知,此处介绍从家人那得到的物品,故选B1 0 .句意:它真是一个很棒的生日only 只有;always 总是;really 真的;very 非常根据"It's … a great birthday”可知,真的是一个开心的生日,故选CWhat about your resolution? Listen to five students talking about their resolutions.Vince: I want to be a 11 when I grow up. I am going to take flying lessons. Ireally 12 flying and I hope to have 13 plane.Jake: I want to be 14 engineer when I grow up. Tm going to study design andengineering in 15 . My dream is to build the longest bridge in the world.Ted: I want to be an actor when I grow up. I'm going to take 16 lessons. Ihope I can be famous one day.Toby: I want to be a 17 player when I grow up. It isn't easy, so I will keep on18 it. I want to be just 19 my hero, Kobe (an NBA star), one day.Jack: I want to be a 20 when I grow up. Fm going to a cookery schoolin Europe. I hope I can work in a five-star hotel in Beijing when I'm older.11. A. pilotB. doctorC. policemanD. teacher12. A. wantB.likeC. askD- get13. A. ownB.my ownC. personD. my person14. A. aB.anC. theD. /15. A. hotelB.bankC. shopD. university16. A. actB. actingC. actorD. action17. A. baseballB.volleyballC. basketballD. soccer18. A. practiceB.practicesC. to practiceD. practicing19. A. likeB.atC. fromD. with20. A. driverB.scientistC ・ teacherD. cook【 答案】IL A12. B13. B14. B15. D 16. B17. C18. D19. A20. D【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      主要讲述了五个孩子长大后梦想的工作11 . 句意:我长大后想成为一名飞行员pilot 飞行员; doctor 医生;policeman 警察;teacher 老师由下句中“take flyinglessons”可知,作者是想成为一名飞行员12 . 句意:我真的很喜欢飞行,我希望有自己的飞机want想要;like喜 欢 ; ask要 求 ; get得到like doing sth.喜欢做某事, 此处表达我“ 喜欢” 飞行13 . 句意:我希望有自己的飞机ow n自己的;my own我自己的;person人;my person我的人own常与形容词性物主代词连用,my own plane意为“ 我自己的飞机” 14 . 句意:我长大后想成为一名工程师a 不定冠词,泛指每一,常用在以辅音音素开头的单词前;an不定冠词,泛指每一,常用在以元音音素开头的单词前;the定冠词,表示特指;/ 零冠词此处泛指一名工程师,engineer是可数名词单数形式,且以元音音素开头,要用an15 . 句意:我打算在大学里学习设计与工程hotel 宾馆;bank 银 行 ; shop 商 店 ; university 大学。

      根据"I'm going to study design andengineering”可知是在“ 大学” 学设计与工程16 . 句意:我要去上表演课act行 为 ; acting表 演 ; actor男演员; action行动take acting lessons意为" 上表演课” 17 . 句意:我长大后想成为一名篮球运动员baseball棒球;volleyball排球;basketball篮 球 ; soccer足球由下文的NBA可知是篮球18 . 句意:这并不容易,所以我会继续练习practice练习,动词原形:practices练习,动词三单形式;to practice练习,动词不定式;practicing练习,动名词此处是固定搭配,keep on doing sth.坚持做某事故选 Do19 . 句意:我想有一天成为像我的偶像科比( NBA明星)那样的人like像;at在 ( 表示存在或出现的地点、场所、位置、空间) ;from来自;with随着like在此处用作介词,“ 像 : 故选A20 . 句意:我长大后想成为一名厨师driver 司机;scientist 科学家;teacher 老 师 ; cook 厨师。

      由下句中的"a cookery school( 烹饪学校)" 和"a five-star hotel”可知是厨师March 22nd is World Water Day. It started in 1993. It not only makes us think about theimportance of water, but also calls on ( 号召) us to 21 and protect water. Today,we're facing terrible water problems. Among them, wastewater problem is especially22 . And the subject of World Water Day in 2017 is “wastewater”.What is wastewater? It is used water. Usually, wastewater comes from homes,23 、 hospitals and so on. It is produced by different kinds of activities, includingwashing the machines, taking showers and using the kitchen. The rain also 24wastewater when it is running down the street during a storm. No matter where it comesfrom, this kind of water is sure to have 25 harmful in it.26 must we treat ( 处理) wastewater? Wastewater has a big influence on ourlife. It causes both illness for us, and pollution for the environment. We must care for ourenvironment and our own 27 .How can we treat wastewater? Different kinds of wastewater need different ways oftreatment. Wastewater 28 homes can be reused. Then there will be 29wastewater. Also, factory wastewater has to be cleaned 30 it goes back to nature.21. A. drinkB. saveC. carry22. A. easyB. popularC. serious23. A. factoriesB. lakesC. rivers24. A. gets backB. hands inC. changes into25. A. nothingB. somethingC. nobody26. A. WhatB. WhyC. Who27. A. workB. interestC. health28. A. onB. forC. from29. A. lessB. moreC. better30. A. andB. whetherC. before 【 答案】21. B22. C23. A24. C25. B26. B27. C28. C29. A30. C【 分析】本文是一篇说明文。

      首先介绍水问题的严重性,尤其是废水问题,分析解决废水问题的重要性;然后给出了几点解决废水问题的方法21 . 句意:它不仅使我们思考水的重要性,也呼吁我们节约和保护水drink 喝 ; save 挽救、节省;carry 搬、抬根据上文“It not only makes us think about theimportance of water,“结合"but also calls on ( 号召) us to ... and protect water.”可知是呼吁我们节约和保护水22 . 句意:其中,废水问题尤为严重easy 容易的;popular 受欢迎的;serious 严重的根据上文“Today, we're facing terriblewater problems. ” 可知水问题很严重,因此本句指废水问题尤其严重23 . 句意:通常,废水来自家庭、工厂、医院等factories 工厂;lakes 湖;rivers 河流根据"Usually, wastewater comes from homes,hospitals and so on.”结合语境及常识可知废水的来源有工厂。

      故选A24 . 句意:当雨水在暴风雨中流过街道时,它也会变成废水gets back 回来;hands in 上交;changes into 变成根据"The rain also … wastewaterwhen it is running down the street during a storm.”结合语境及常识,可知雨水流过街道会变为废水25 . 句意:不管它来自哪里,这种水肯定有一些有害的东西nothing 没有什么;something 某些东西;nobody 没人根据"No matter where it comesfrom, this kind of water is sure to have ... harmful in it.”可知此处是指“ 某些东西” ,且表示肯定的意思故选B“ 26 . 句意:为什么我们必须处理废水?What 什么;Why 为什么;Who 谁根据下文“Wastewater has a big influence on ourlife.”可知这里说的是原因,因此此处是问为什么我们必须处理废水27 . 句意:我们必须关心我们的环境和我们自己的健康work工作;interest兴趣;health健康。

      根据上文“illness",可知是我们要关注自己的健康28 . 句意:家庭废水可以重复利用on 在. . . 上面;for 为了; from 来自. . . . . 根据“Wastewater … homes can be reused.“可知此处指的是来自家庭的废水可以重复利用29 . 句意:这样废水就会减少less更少的;more更多的;better更好的结合上文语境“ 来自家庭的废水被再次利用” ,可知废水会变得更少30 . 句意:此外,工厂废水在回归自然之前必须得到净化and 和;whether 是否;before 在. . .之前根据“Also, factory wastewater has to becleaned…it goes back to nature.”结合常识,可知工厂污水回归自然之前必须经过净化When we watch movies about the future, we sometimes see robots. They are usually like31 servants. They help with the housework and do jobs like working in dirty ordangerous places.Today there are already robots 32 in factories. Some can help build cars, and theydo simple jobs over and over again. 33 people will do such jobs in the future becausethey are boring, but robots will never get bored.Scientists are now trying to make robots look like humans and do the same thing as wedo. Some robots in Japan can walk and dance. They are fun to watch. 34 . somescientists believe that although we can make robots move like people, it will be 35 tomake them really think like a human.For example, scientist James White thinks that robots will never be able to wake up andknow where they are. But many scientists disagree 36 Mr. White. They think thatrobots will even be able to talk like humans in 25 to 50 years.Some scientists believe that there will 37 more robots in the future. However,they agree it may take 38 of years. These new robots will have many different shapes.Some will look like humans, and others might look like animals. In India, for example, scientists made robots that look like snakes.If buildings fall down with people inside, these snake robots can help 39 peopleunder the buildings. This was not possible 20 years ago, but computers and rockets alsoseemed impossible 100 years ago. We never know what 40 in the future!31. A. humanB. humansC. man32. A. workingB. to workC ・ work33. A. A fewB. FewerC. Little34. A. ButB. OrC. However35. A. easyB. differentC. difficult36. A. toB. forC. with37. A. beB. haveC. are38. A. hundredB. hundredsC. thousand39. A. look forB. look atC. look up40. A. will happenB. happenC. happened【 答案】31. A32. A33. B34. C35. C36. C37. A38. B39. A40. A【 分析】本文是一篇说明文。

      主要讲述了机器人的发展前景31 . 句意:他们通常像人类的仆人human人类,人类的;humans人类,复数;man男人根据“servants”可知,像人类的仆人,用形容词修饰“servants”,因此“human”符合句意32 . 句意:今天已经有机器人在工厂工作working工作,现在分词;to work工作,动词不定式;work工作,动词原形根据 “robots可知,和动词“work”是主动关系,因此需要现在分词形式作定语,“working”符合句意33 . 句意:未来很少有人会做这样的工作,因为它们很无聊,但机器人永远不会感到无聊A few 一些;Fewer 更少;Little 几乎没有 根据“but robots will never get bored”可知,未来很少有人会做这样的工作,且“people”是复数, 因此“Fewer”符合句意34 . 句意:然而,一些科学家认为,尽管我们可以让机器人像人一样行动,但很难让它们像人类一样思考But 但是;Or 否则;However 但是,有逗号隔开根据"some scientists believe...human”可知,前后两句是转折关系,且有逗号隔开,因此“However”符合句意。

      故选C35 . 句意:然而,一些科学家认为,尽管我们可以让机器人像人一样行动,但很难让它们像人类一样思考easy 简 单 的 ; different 不同的;difficult 困难的根据“make them really think like ahuman”可知,很难让它们像人类一样思考,因此"difficult”符合句意36 . 句意:但许多科学家不同意怀特先生的观点to 到. . .;for为了; with和根据固定搭配"disagree with”可 知 , "with”符合句意故选 Co37 . 句意:一些科学家相信未来会有更多的机器人b e系动词;have有;are是,主语是复数根据“there be"和"will”可知,用动词原形,因此“be”符合句意38 . 句意:然而,他们一致认为这可能需要数百年的时间hundred百;hundreds百,复数形式;thousand千根据固定搭配“hundreds of'可知,“hundreds”符合句意39 . 句意:如果建筑物倒塌,有人在里面,这些蛇机器人可以帮助寻找建筑物下的人look for 寻 找 ; look at 看着;look up 查找。

      根据“people under the buildings”可知, 机器人能寻找建筑物下的人,因此“look for”符合句意40 . 句意:我们永远不知道将来会发生什么!will happen将要发生; happen发 生 ; happened发生, 一般过去式根据"in the future”可知,此句时态用一般将来时,因此“will happen”符合句意 There was a car accident at 3:30 yesterday afternoon. Some 41 arrived there.They found 42 witnesses ( 目击者)in the street when the accident happened. Thepolicemen asked 43 some questions. Here are their answers.Mr. GreenI was waiting for the bus 44 the bus stop when the car accident happened. Thewhite car 45 the black car and the white car ran away quickly.Ms MasonWhen the car accident happened, I was 46 with my daughter in the clothesstore. I can remembered the car number of the 47 .AliceI was calling my 48 when the car accident happened. I told them about theaccident on the phone. But I was so 49 and I forgot to write down the car number.GeorgeI was walking my dog along the street. When I 50 it, I called the police atonce. There were lots of people around them.41. A. policemenB.studentsC. doctorsD. teachers42. A. fiveB. threeC. sixD. four43. A. themB.usC. himD. her44. A. inB.atC. onD. to45. A. threwB. developedC. hitD. beat46. A. sleepingB.shoppingC. exercisingD. reading47. A. yellowB. blueC. redD. white48. A. husbandB.sisterC. parentsD. friend49. A. nervousB.sadC. interestedD. clever50. A. understoodB. hadC. comparedD. saw 【 答案】41. A42. D43. A44. B45. C46. B47. D48. C49. A50. D【 导语】本文主耍讲述了4 个目击者关于车祸的描述。

      41 . 句意:一些警察赶到那里policemen 警察;students 学生;doctors 医生;teachers 老师根据"The policemenasked”可知,一些警察赶到那里42 . 句意:事故发生时,他们在街上发现了四名目击者five 五;three 三;six 六;four 四根据“Mr. Green, Ms Mason, Alice 和 George”可知,有四名目击者43 . 句意:警察问了他们一些问题them他们;us我们;him他 ; her她根据“witnesses”可知,用代词“them”代替上文的目击者44 . 句意:车祸发生时,我正在公共汽车站等公共汽车in 在. . .里;at在. . . . 地方;on在. . . . 上面;to 至 U 根据“the bus stop”可知,是小地点,因此al符合句意45 . 句意:白色的车撞上了黑色的车,白色的车很快跑开了threw 扔;developed 发展;hit 撞;beat 打败根据"the white car ran away quickly”可知,是两车相撞46 . 句意:车祸发生时,我正和女儿在服装店购物。

      sleeping 睡觉;shopping 购物;exercising 锻炼;reading 阅读根据“in the clothes store”可知,是在购物47 . 句意:我记得白车的车号yellow 黄色;blue 蓝色;red 红色;white 白色根据"the white car ran away quickly”可 知,是白色车的车牌48 . 句意:车祸发生时,我正在给父母打husband丈夫;sister姐姐;parents父母;friend朋友根据"told them”可知,上文应该有一个名词复数49 . 句意:但是我太紧张了,忘了记下车号nervous 紧张;sad 伤心;interested 感兴趣的;clever 聪明的根据"I forgot to writedown the car number”可知,太紧张了而忘了记下车号50 . 句意:当我看到它时,我立即报警understood 理解;had 有;compared 比较;saw 看见根据“I called the police at one”可知,是看到车祸发生立即报了警通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出一个最佳答案,并将答题卡上对应题目所选的选项涂黑。

      My mom and dad are great cooks. I 51 when I was about six, all the kids in myneighborhood wanted hamburgers and chips, but some of them didn't have much 52 tobuy the food. So my father tried to make some on the weekend, and 53 the kids to eatfor free. The kids were very 54 . Also, it helped me and my brother make lots offriends. Eating together is an enjoyable family activity, and that's one of the 55 why Ienjoy being at home. We used to go my grandmother's house on Sundays. She was also goodat cooking, so we could always have delicious food. Sometimes I 56 her to cook, andshe taught me lots of things.57 , my grandmother died a few years ago. Now I go to my parents9 house onSundays. After a busy week, it is really a good 58 to relax. We still sit around a table,eat and talk together. Sometimes I 59 them, and they like my dishes, too.I think my happy family gives me a 60 memory ( 回忆). I eat what I like andI feel good about it.51. A. thinkB. decideC. rememberD. agree52. A. chanceB. ticketC. serviceD. money53. A. askedB. promisedC. movedD. needed54. A. busyB. boredC. happyD. scared55. A. reasonsB. rulesC. factsD. habits56. A. choseB. helpedC. sentD. showed57. A. SadlyB. SurprisinglyC. ClearlyD. Importantly 58. A.roleB.wayC.resultD. answer59. A.work forB.wait forC.look forD. cook for60. A.shortB.usefulc.simpleD. wonderful【 答案】51. C52. D53. A54. C55. A56. B57. A58. B59. D60. D【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      主要讲述了作者回忆小时候自己幸福的家庭51 . 句意:我记得当我大约六岁的时候,我邻居的所有孩子都想吃汉堡包和薯条,但是他们中的一些人没有很多钱买这些食物think 认为;decide 决定;remember 记住;agree 同意根据“when I was about six, allthe kids in my neighborhood wanted hamburgers”可知,此句内容是在回忆,因此“remembe尸符合句意52 . 句意:我记得当我大约六岁的时候,我邻居的所有孩子都想吃汉堡包和薯条,但是他们中的一些人没有很多钱买这些食物chance机会;ticket票;service服 务 ; money钱根据下文“eat for free”可知,应该是没有很多钱买这些食物,因此“money”符合句意53 . 句意:所以我父亲试图在周末做一些,并让孩子们免费吃asked 问;promised 承诺;moved 移动;needed 需要根据“So my father tried to makesome on the weekend”可知,父亲让孩子们免费吃,因此“asked”符合句意。

      故选A54 . 句意:孩子们非常高兴busy忙碌的;bored无聊的;happy高兴地;scared害怕的根据“eat for free”可知,能够免费吃东西,所以孩子很高兴,因此"happy”符合句意55 . 句意:一起吃饭是一种令人愉快的家庭活动,这也是我喜欢待在家里的原因之 reasons 理由;rules 规贝lj; facts 事实;habits 习惯根据"why I enjoy being at home”可知,是说喜欢待在家里的原因,因此“reasons”符合句意56 . 句意:有时我帮她做饭,她教了我很多东西chose 选择;helped 帮助;sent 发送;showed 展示根据“and she taught me lots ofthings”可知,我帮她做饭,因此“helped”符合句意57 . 句意:不幸的是,我祖母几年前去世了Sadly悲伤地;Surprisingly令人惊讶地;Clearly清晰地;Importantly重要地根据“mygrandmother died a few years ago.”可知,这是件令人悲伤地事,因此“Sadly”符合句意故选Ao58 . 句意:忙碌了一周后,这真的是一个很好的放松方法。

      role角色;way方法;result结果;answer答案根据“After a busy week”可知,是放松的好方法,因此“way”符合句意59 . 句意:有时我给他们做饭,他们也喜欢我做的菜work for 为. . .工作;wait for 等待;look for 寻找;cook for 为. . . . 做饭根据“theylike my dishes, too.“可知,我给他们做饭,他们也喜欢我做的菜,因 止 匕 “cook for”符合句意60 . 句意:我认为我幸福的家庭给了我一个美好的回忆short 短的;useful 有 用 的 ; simple 简单的;wonderful 精彩的根据“my happy family^^可知,幸福的家庭给了我美好的回忆,因此“wonderful”符合句意从题中所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项,并将所选答案涂到答题卡的相应位置上A small boy was trying to move a big wooden box out of his yard. The box was much61 than the boy. He tried his best to move it, but the box would not move at all.After 62 for a glass of water, the boy tried to move it once more. This time, hepushed harder, but he still 63 move the box a bit. He was quite tired and lost heart.The boy's 64 was coming home from work around this time. He stopped towatch his son's fruitless efforts. The father didn't help him, 65 instead asked, “Son,have you tried your best? I mean, are you doing 66 you can?” “Yes, I am!^^ the boycried. "No J his father said calmly, "You're not. You have not asked me to 67 you.^^Asking for help is not a weakness. Many people need help, and 68 the best ofus need help. It is 69 to know when to ask for help and understand why you need it. Never be afraid to ask others for help when you're in 70.61. A. heavierB. lighterC. smallerD. younger62. A. pushingB. movingC. restingD. pulling63. A. couldB. couldn'tC. mustn'tD. shouldn't64. A. brotherB. uncleC. fatherD. mother65. A. butB. andC. soD. although66. A. somethingB. everythingC. nothingD. anything67. A. hugB. cheatC. protectD. help68. A. everB. onlyC. justD. even69. A. easyB. importantC. difficultD. selfish70. A. troubleB. silenceC. surpriseD. mistake【 答案】61. A62. C63. B64. C65. A66. B67. D68. D69. B70. A【 分析】文章讲述了一个小男孩没有搬动一个大木箱,他爸爸告诉他,有时要勇敢向别人求助。

      61 . 句意:这个箱子比那个男孩重得多heavier更 重 的 ; lighter更轻的;smaller更小的;younger更年轻的根据下文“He triedhis best to move it, but the box would not move at all.”可知,他尽力挪动它,但箱子一点也不动,说明箱子比他重得多,故选A62 . 句意:休息了一会儿,喝了杯水,小男孩又试图移动它pushing 推;moving 移动;resting 休息;pulling 拉根据“fbr a glass of water”可知,应该是休息之后,喝/ 一杯水,故选C 63 . 句意:这一次,他推得更用力了,但是他仍然一点都推不动箱子could HL: couldn't 不能;mustn't 禁止;shouldrft 不应该根据"This time, he pushedharder, but he still…move the box a bit.”可知,推得更用力了,但是仍然没有推动, but表转折64 . 句意:男孩的爸爸大约在这个时候下班回家brother 兄弟;uncle 叔叔;father 爸爸;mother 妈妈。

      根据下文“He stopped to watch hisson,s fruitless efforts.”可知,他停下来看儿子徒劳的努力,说明他是小男孩的爸爸,故选 C65 . 句意:爸爸没有帮他,反而问他:“ 儿子,你尽力了吗? ”but 但是;and 并且;so 所以;although 尽管根据"The father didn't help him, ...insteadasked”可知,前面说没有帮助他,后面说问他,前后是转折关系,故选A66 . 句意:我的意思是,你有没有竭尽全力?something某事;everything所有事物;nothing没有什么;anything任何事物根据上文“Son, have you tried your best?”可知,此处询问有没有竭尽全力,故选B67 . 句意:你不是,你没有要求我帮助你hug 拥抱;cheat 欺骗;protect 保 护 ; help 帮助根据下文“Asking fbr help is not aweakness.”可知,寻求帮助不是一个弱点,此处应该是没有向我寻求帮助,故选D68 . 句意:许多人需要帮助,甚至我们当中最好的人也需要帮助。

      ever曾经;only仅 仅 ; just正 好 ; even甚至根据上文“Many people need help”可知,很多人都需要帮助,结合“and ...the best of us need help”可知,此处应该是甚至我们当中最好的人也需要帮助,故选D69 . 句意:知道什么时候寻求帮助,理解为什么需要帮助是很重要的easy 简单的;important 重要的;difficult 困难的;selfish 自私的根据"Many peopleneed help"和"Never be afraid to ask others for help”可知,知道何时需要帮助并理解为什么需要帮助是重要的,故选B70 . 句意:当你遇到困难时,不要害怕向别人寻求帮助trouble 麻 烦 ; silence 沉默;surprise 惊讶;mistake 错误根据"Never be afkaid to askothers for help”可知,当你遇到困难时,不要害怕向别人求助Is it OK to let my child do the chores at home?^^ “Should I punish ( 惩罚)him if he71 to do the chores?^^Parents often think of these questions. 72 should parents do to get theirchildren to do the chores? Lefs read a story first. Jenny was 73 her grandpa in the country. They enjoyed being with each othervery much. Grandpa took Jenny for a ride 74 his car every afternoon. Every nigh,Grandpa washed his socks and 75 them to dry.One day, Jenny said to her grandpa, 44I want to help you wash socks.^^ Jenny was onlyfour years old, 76 her grandpa agreed. He believed Jenny could do it well. Jennywas 77 to wash the socks for her grandpa. She washed them 78 、 so thesocks became very clean. She thought since her little hands could do this work, she could doa lot more for 79 .So parents should give children chances to do the chores. They should let their childrenknow they are 80 in the family. It's very important to a child's development.71. A. agreesB.likesC. stopsD. refuses72. A. WhenB. WhatC. WhereD. Why73. A. visitingB. callingC. helpingD. asking74. A. inB. toC. onD. of75. A. touchedB.movedC. foldedD. hung76. A. andB. butC. soD. or77. A. tiredB.worriedC. happyD. nervous78. A. quietlyB.easilyC. quicklyD. carefully79. A. otherB.the otherC. othersD. another80. A. friendlyB. helpfulC. carefulD. lovely【 答案】71. D72. B73. A74. A75. D76. B77. C78. D79. C80. B 【 导语】本文主要通过一个故事告诉父母们应该给孩子做家务的机,让孩子知道他们在家庭中是有用的,并且这对孩子的成长很重要。

      71 . 句意:如果他拒绝做家务,我应该惩罚他吗? agrees同意; likes喜欢;stops停止;refuses 拒绝根据"Is it OK to let my child do the chores at home?”以及"punish”可知此处是表示疑问,孩子拒绝做家务,是否要受惩罚,故选D72 . 句意:父母应该怎么做才能让孩子做家务呢? When什么时候;What什么;Where在哪里;Why为什么根据"should parents do ” 可知此处的疑问词是作d o 的宾语,what符合语境,故选B73 . 句意:珍妮去乡下看望她的爷爷visiting看望;calling打;helping帮助;asking 问根据“Jenny was...her grandpa in the country.“可知是看望爷爷,故选 A74 . 句意:爷爷每天下午开车带珍妮去兜风in在里面;t至 U ; on在上面;of.…的根据“Grandpa took Jenny for a ride...his car every afternoon.”可知是坐在车里,故选Ao75 . 句意:每天晚上,爷爷洗完袜子,挂起来晾干。

      touched触摸;moved移动;folded 折叠;hung 挂根据“washed his socks and...them to dryJ'UJ知是把袜子洗干净,然后挂起来晾干,故选D76 . 句意:珍妮只有四岁,但她的爷爷同意了and和;but但是;so所以;o r或者空处前后是转折关系,应用but连接,故选B77 . 句意:珍妮很高兴为爷爷洗袜子tired疲惫的;worried担心的;happy开心的;nervous紧张的根据“I want to help you wash socks”可知是珍妮主动要求洗袜子的,所以应该是开心的,故选C78 . 句意:她仔细地洗,所以袜子变得非常干净quietly安静地;easily容易地;quickl 快速地; carefully 仔细地根据" so the socks became very clean”可知袜子洗得很干净,说明是认真地洗的,故选D,79 . 句意:她想,既然她的小手可以做这些工作,她就可以为别人做更多的事情other其他的;the other两者中的另一个;others其他人/ 物;another三者及以上的另一个根据“she could do a lot more fbr”可知空后没有名词, 应用others,故选C。

      80 . 句意:他们应该让他们的孩子知道他们在家庭中是有用的friendly友好的;helpful 有帮助的;careful 仔细的;lovely 可爱的根据“So parents should give childrenchances to do the chores. They should let their children know they are...in the family.“可知父母让孩子做家务后,孩子就会觉得自己在家里还是有用的,故选B阅读下面短文, 从短文后所给各题的A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出可以填入空白处的 最佳选项, 并在答题卡上将该项涂黑I was living in a house with a long history in Halifax, Nova Scotia five years ago. Oneday, one of my friends from the West Coast came out to visit me. He was 81 for 3weeks so he brought a lot of bags and suitcases, and other things like a 82 . 1 told himhe could sleep on the bed in the front living room.One morning after a late night of drinking, my friend ran into my room shouting "FIRE!FIRE!” Without 83 , 1 jumped out of bed. The floor was 84 against my feet as Iran out into the hallway, right behind my friend. I couldn't see the fire anywhere, 85as we ran towards the front door, I could hear the 86 making a loud noise all aroundme. It was inside the 87 . We ran out onto the front yard and looked 88 at thehouse, seeing black smoke coming out of the 89 house.We were standing there watching the house when I looked down and 90 allof my friend's bags and suitcases 91 lined up on the front grassland, including hisb a s k e t b a ll .92 he noticed the house was on fire, he took all of them out to thegrassland before coming back in to 93 me about it. That fire had started in thebasement( 地下室) , and it spread up into the walls and was burning the 94 wewere standing on. The floor and much of the house fell down not long after we came out. Thefiremen said we were very 95.Of course, we are not friends anymore.81. A. workingB.stayingC. waitingD. resting82. A. baseballB.volleyballC. footballD. basketball83. A. thinkingB.sleepingC. lookingD. drinking84. A. wetB.softC. hotD. dirty85. A. soB. andC. orD. but86. A. fireB. doorC. windD. car87. A. roomsB.wallsC. kitchenD. yard88. A. upB. downC. backD. forward89. A. oldB.bigC. redD. stone90. A. rememberedB.madeC. expectedD. noticed91. A. tidilyB. graduallyC. differentlyD. naturally92. A. UnlessB.IfC. WhenD. Before93. A. warnB.showC. askD. phone 94. A. sofaB. bedC. tableD. floor95. A. brave B. lucky C. nervous D. scared【 答案】81. B82. D83. A84. C85. D86. A87. B88. C89. A90. D91. A92. C93. A94. D95. B【 分析】本文主要讲述了一个住在历史悠久的老房子里,迎来自己的朋友住在家里,可是因为一些原因,房子起火,但是他们及时逃脱,有惊无险地保全了自己生命的故事。

      81 . 句意:他将要住上三周,所以他带来了很多包和提箱,以及其他像篮球一样的东西working 工作;staying 停留;waiting 等候;resting 休息根据"I told him he could sleepon the bed in the front living room.”, 可知作者的朋友将要在此地" 待上” 三周,故选B82 . 句意:他将要住上三周,所以他带来了很多包和提箱,以及其他像篮球一样的东西baseball 棒球;volleyball 排球;football 足球;basketball 篮球根据下文“including hisbasketball.“可知,作者的朋友带去了篮球83 . 句意:未经任何思考,我立刻从床上跳了起来thinking思考;sleeping睡觉;looking <; drinking喝根据句意, 结合常识,听到着 火的第一反应应该是不假思索的做出一些反应,without thinking不假思索,故选A84 . 句意:当我跑进我朋友身后的大厅时,我感到在我脚下的地板很烫wet湿的;soft柔软的;hot热的;dirty脏的根据句意,结合上文“FIRE! FIRE! ” 可知着火后地板是“ 热的,烫 的 故 选 C。

      85 . 句意:在任何地方我都看不见火,但是当我们跑向前门时,我能听见大火在我们周围发生的巨大的噪音so 如此;and 和;or 或 者 ; but 但是根据“I couldn't see the fire anywhere”可知,空前描述没有发现火,再根据下文“I could hear the ...making a loud noise all around me”已经找到大火制造的噪音,可知两句为转折关系86 . 句意:在任何地方我都看不见火,但是当我们跑向前门时,我能听见大火在我们周围发生的巨大的噪音fire火:door f J; wind风;car车结合上下文都在描述“the fire”, 可知此处仍在寻找火源,所以是火燃烧发出的噪音87 . 句意:那火就在地下室rooms 房间;walls 墙;kitchen 厨房;yard 庭院结合下文“That fire had started in thebasement ( 地下室) , and it spread up into the walls and was burning the ...we were standingon.”可知大火起源于地下室,然后迅速蔓延进墙里面.故选B。

      88 . 句意:我们跑进前院,向后看了看房子,看见黑色的烟雾正在从这座老房子里冒出来up 向上;down向下;back向后地;forward向前根据句意,结合常识,房子的前面是院子,所以在院子里往后看时,需要使用“back”89 . 句意:我们跑进前院,向后看了看房子,看见黑色的烟雾正在从这座老房子里冒出来old 老 的 ; big 打的;red 红色的;stone 石头根据上文“I was living in a house with along history in Halifax, Nova Scotia five years ago.“可知作者住在一所“ 有悠久历史的老房子” 里,故选A90 . 句意:我们站在那里看着房子,突然向下看,注意到了所有我朋友的包,提箱,包括篮球都整齐地排队一样的在前面的草地上remembered 记住;made 制作;expected 期望;noticed 注意根据上文“Wc werestanding there watching the house when I looked down ”可知,应是作者他们看至! ] ,注意到映入眼帘的事情91 . 句意:我们站在那里看着房子,突然向下看,注意到了所有我朋友的包,提箱, 包括篮球都整齐地排队一样的在前面的草地上。

      tidily整齐地;gradually逐 渐 地 ; differently不同地;naturally自然地根据下文“lineup排队” ,可知东西摆放的很整齐,故选A92 . 句意:在回来告知我关于这件事情之前,当他注意到房子在着火时,他拿起了所有的东西向外跑到了草地上unless 除非;if 如果;when 何时;before 在. . .之前根据" …he noticed the house wason fire, he took all of them out to the grassland before coming back in to... me about it.”, 结合两句话的关系是在描述“ 一件事情发生的同时另一件事情也发生了“ ,需要使用连词“when"故选 Co93 . 句意:在回来告知我关于这件事情之前,当他注意到房子在着火时,他拿起了所有的东西向外跑到了草地上warn警告;show展 示 ; ask要求;phone打根据上文“FIRE! FIRE!”,结合常识,当大火发生时,作者的朋友应该要“ 警告,提 醒 :故 选 A94 . 句意:那火在地下室发生,然后蔓延到墙里,正在我们站在的脚下的地板上燃烧。

      sofa沙发;bed床;table桌子;floor地板根据“we were standing on”结合上下文可知 ,应该是站在地板上95 . 句意:消防员们说我们很幸运brave勇敢的;lucky幸运的;nervous紧张的; scared害怕的根据上文“The floor andmuch of the house fell down not long after we came out.“可知在我们出去后没多久,地板和大部分的房子都倒塌了可知我们幸免于难是幸运的You are never too young to start your own business. In Western countries such as the USand Australia, kids make their own lemonade( 柠檬水) to 96 to people on the street.They learn a little about running a business first, as well as the chance to enjoy a colddrink on a hot day. Before kids set up stands( 架子) on the street, they buy fresh lemons to97 lemonade. They put lemon juice into glasses with ice, sugar and water.It is important for them to watch the 98 、 because there will be 99 peoplevisiting the stand on hot days.100 kids usually find a place with a lot of traffic. Then they set up the stand and101 signs around the area. The signs tell people where and when the lemonade will besold. As people go by, the kids call out, “Fresh lemonade" or “Get your ice-cold lemonadehere!,, A small glass might cost 25 cents, 102 a large one could be about 50 cents. Overthe summer, clever sellers can make a(n) 103 of US $200-300. Many kids give themoney 104 to charities( 慈善) . Sometimes kids try to compete with one another, whichhelps them get more money and learn more. Are you any good at _105 ? Why notgive it a go?96. A. provideB. sellC. giveD. afford97. A. makeB. takeC. keepD. bring98. A. weatherB. environmentC. placeD. people99. A. fewerB. moreC. elderD. kinder100. A. HighB. ThinC. HelpfulD. Smart101. A. put awayB. put upC. put offD. put on102. A. thoughB. ifC. whileD. when103. A. numberB. plentyC. lotD. total104. A. inB. backC. awayD. up105. A. workB. moneyC. charityD. business【 答案】96. B97. A98. A99. B100. D101. B102. C103. D104. C105. D【 分析】这篇文章讲述了在一些西方国家,孩子们自己制作柠檬水摆摊卖给路人学做生意。

      9 6 .句意:在美国和澳大利亚等西方国家,孩子们自己做柠檬水卖给街上的人provide 提供;sell 卖;give 给;afford 负担得起由下文“They learn a little aboutrunning a business first, as well as the chance to enjoy a cold drink on a hot day.'' 可知,孩子 们卖柠檬水给路人来从中学习做生意97 . 句意:在孩子们在街上摆摊之前,他们先买新鲜的柠檬来制作柠檬水make 制 作 ; take 带走;keep 保 持 ; bring 带来通过下文“They put lemon juice intoglasses with ice, sugar and water.“可知,孩子们买柠檬制作柠檬水98 . 句意:对他们来说,观察天气是很重要的,因为在炎热的天气会有更多的人来光顾这个摊位.weather 天气;environment 环境;place 地方;people 人通过下文“because there willbe ... people visiting the stand on hot days.“可知,观察天气对于孩子们很重要, 因为天气影响客人的数量。

      故选A99 . 句意:对他们来说,观察天气是很重要的,因为在炎热的天气会有更多的人来光顾这个摊位fewer更少;more更多;elder年纪更大:kinder更友善通过下文“ …people visitingthe stand on hot days”可知,天气热的时候会有更多的人来光顾这个摊位100 . 句意:聪明的孩子通常会找一个交通繁忙的地方High高 的 ; Thin瘦的;Helpful有帮助的;Smart聪明的通过下文“ . . . usually find aplace with a lot of traffic”可知,找一个交通繁忙的地方摆摊能吸引更多的顾客,能这样做的孩子是聪明的101 . 句意:然后他们摆摊,在那地方四围竖起标牌put away放 好 ; put up竖起, 搭建;put off推迟;put on穿上通过下文“The signs tellpeople where and when the lemonade will be sold.”可知,这里指的是竖起标牌来做宣传故选Bo102 .句 意 :一个小杯子可能要25美分,而一个大杯子可能要50美分though虽然;if如果;while然而;when当. . .时候。

      通过句意可知,前后关系为对比,while作为并列连词,意思为“ 然而” ,表前后意义上的对比 故选C103 . 句意:一个夏天,聪明的卖家能赚200-300美元number数量;plenty许多;lot许多;total总数通过句意和下文“of US $200-300”可知,a total o f 表示“ 总数为……” 符合语境104 . 句意:许多孩子把钱捐给慈善机构in在. . .里 面 ; back后 面 ; away离开;up向上通过上下文“give the money"和"tocharities”可知,这里指捐赠钱给慈善机构,give away意为“ 捐赠” 105 . 句意:你擅长做生意吗?work 工作;money 钱;charity 慈善;business 生意通过第一段中“You are never too young to start your own business."和下文"Why not give it a go?”可知, 文章主要讲的是年纪小也可以学习如何做生意,所以这里询问是否擅长做生意The Yellow Crane Tower, a famous place of interest in Wuhan, is standing on the SnakeHilL From the west to the east, it 106 an area of 133, 330 square metres and it is51.4 metres in 107 with five floors.In the Three Kingdoms Period, the Yellow Crane Tower was built at the corner ofXiakou to protect the city. Later, the tower was changed into a place fbr local people to visit108 the whole country was unified (统 With the development of the city,this tower was becoming a place of interest, 109 in the Tang Dynasty. A lot offamous people have come here, 110 plenty of famous poems for people all over theworld to read.From the year 223 when the Yellow Crane Tower was first built to the year 1985 when itwas last built, 1762 years 111 . During these years, it was damaged ( 损坏 ) andbuilt for 12 times. Again and again, the famous tower was 112 to the ground in thewars and fires, but after each time it was built by the people of Hubei.Now, the Yellow Crane Tower is known 113 one of the three famous towers inSouth China. With classical poems and modem beauty, the tower has a 114meaning of climbing mountains and getting close to nature. Standing on the fifth floor of thetower, you can not only see the fantastic 115 of Wuhan city and the Yangtze River,but also feel the history and culture behind it, relaxing your body and mind at the same time.106. A. fillsB. coversC. takesD. costs107. A. topB. sizeC. weightD. height108. A. ifB. soC. beforeD. after109. A. especiallyB. usuallyC. recentlyD. really110. A. leavingB. throwingC. forgettingD. carrying111. A. movedB. passedC. enteredD. returned112. A. cutB. hurtC. lostD. burnt113. A. forB. toC. asD. from114. A. smallerB. biggerC. deeperD. lower115. A. signsB. viewsC. sensesD. memories【 答案】106. B 107. D108. D109. A110. A111. B112. D113. C114. C115. B【 导语】本文主要介绍了黄鹤楼的历史和意义。

      106 . 句意:从西到东,占地133330平方米,高 51.4米,共五层fills 充 满 ; covers 覆 盖 ; takes 拿,取;costs 花费根据"an area of 133, 330 squaremetres”可知,此处表示一个面积,推测此处应表示黄鹤楼占地多少固定短语coveran area of...” 占地面积. . .故选B107 . 句意:从西到东,占地133330平方米,高 51.4米,共五层top顶端;size尺码;weight重量;height高度根据“it is 51.4 metres”可知,此处表示黄鹤楼的高度固定短语in height“ 在高度方面” 108 . 句意:后来,在全国统一后,塔被改为当地人参观的地方if 如果;so 因此;before 在 之前;after 在 之后根据“the tower was changedinto a place for local people to visit”以及"the whole country was unified (统 一 ) .“可知,先国家统一,然后黄鹤楼才从保卫作用变为观赏作用109 . 句意:随着城市的发展,这座塔逐渐成为人们关注的地方,尤其是在唐代。

      especially 尤其是;usually 通常;recently 最近;really 真正的根据“A lot of famouspeople have come hereJ 可知,黄鹤楼在唐代很受欢迎,这是对前文“ 成为名胜古迹” 举的一个例子,应用“ 尤其是' ' 表示突出110 . 句意:许多名人来到这里,留下了大量的名诗供全世界的人阅读leaving 离开;throwing 扔;forgetting 忘记;carrying 携带根据" plenty of famouspoems for people all over the world to read.“可知,留下了诗篇,游客才能看到并解读故选Ao111 . 句意:从 223年黄鹤楼第一次建成到1985年最后一次建成,1762年过去了moved 移 动 ; passed 经 过 ; entered 进 入 ; returned 返回根据“From the year 223 when the Yellow Crane Tower was first built to the year 1985 when it was last built, 1762 years”可知,此处是指1762年过去了。

      故选B112 . 句意:这座著名的塔在战争和大火中一次又一次地被烧毁,但每次都是湖北人建造的cut 切;hurt 伤害;lost 丢失;burnt 烧焦根据"to the ground in the wars and fires J 可知,此处是指被烧毁固定短语burn to the ground“ 全部烧毁” 113 . 句意:现在,黄鹤楼被誉为中国南方三大名塔之一for 为 了; to 至 I], 朝;as 作为;from 来自根据"the Yellow Crane Tower is known...oneof the three famous towers in South China.”可知,此处是指黄鹤楼作为三大名塔之一固定短语be fhmous as” 作为. . .而 出 名 故 选 C114 . 句意:这座塔有古典诗词和现代美,具有更深层的登山和亲近自然的意义smaller•更小的;bigger更大的; deeper更深的;lower更低的根据"the tower hasa...meaning of climbing mountains and getting close to nature. “ 可知,此处是指有着更深亥U的意义,故选C。

      115 . 句意:站在塔的五楼,你不仅可以看到武汉城和长江的奇观,还可以感受到它背后的历史文化,放松身心signs 迹象;views 风景;senses 感觉,观念;memories 记忆根据"Standing on the fifthfloor of the tower」 可知,站在楼的第五层,你就可以看到好的视野John Hunt is a 116 writer. Lots of people like him and his works. John Hunt isdifferent 117 many other writers. Although he needs to work at home and likesreading and watching different 118 of TV shows, he doesn't always stay at home.He likes going outside and exercising. 119 . he often runs, swims and goesskateboarding. 120 he also goes camping with his friends. He has many goodhabits, so he is very happy. And he is always in good ⑵ . How can he keephealthy? He 122 us some advice. Let's have a look together;First, keep 123 every day. He gets up at 6:00 a. m. and 124 for onehour every morning. And he walks to mountains three times a week. So don't be lazy.Second, remember to have 125.It's very important. He always has a lot ofporridge, bread or milk 126 doing morning exercises. Then 127 afterworking. Don't worry too much about your work. It isn't 128 for your health.You can try listening to music or walking with friends if you have time. That can help yourelax your 1 2 9 . He's sure it must 130 you have a healthy body. 116. A. commonB.luckyC. famousD. fresh117. A. inB.fromC. ofD. with118. A. kindsB. culturesC. reasonsD. roles119. A. Because ofB.For exampleC. So farD. In fact120. A. AlwaysB.FinallyC. SometimesD. Luckily121. A. lifeB.interestC. mindD. health122. A. plansB. givesC. findsD. teaches123. A. workingB.writingC. exercisingD. reading124. A. runsB.watchesC. drivesD. draws125. A. mealB.dinnerC. lunchD. breakfast126. A. whenB.ifC. afterD. as127. A. relaxB.talkC. practiceD. leave128. A. badB. goodC. niceD. cool129. A. mindB.legC. headD. arm130. A. makeB.tryC. hopeD. decide【 答案】116. C117. B118. A119. B120. C121. D122. B123. C124. A125. D126. C127. A128. B129. A130. A 【 导语】本文主要讲述了 John Hunt给我们的一些如何保持健康的建议。

      116 . 句意:John Hunt是一位著名的作家common共同的;lucky幸运的;famous著名的;fresh新鲜的根据后文“Lots ofpeople like him and his works.“可知,许多人喜欢他和他的作品,所以他是著名的故选 Co117 . 句意:John Hunt与许多其他作家不同in 在. . .里;from 从 ; of....... 的;with 和. . .一起be different from 表示“ 与. . . . 不同 故 选 B118 . 句意:虽然他需要在家里工作,他喜欢阅读和看各种各样的电视节目,但他并不总是待在家里kinds种类;cultures文化;reasons原因;roles角色分析句子可知,此处表示“ 各种各样的电视节目“ ,构成kinds o f短语,表示“ 许 多 种 故 选 A119 . 句意:例如,他经常跑步、游泳和玩滑板Becauseof因为;For example例如;So far到目前为止;In fact事实上分析句子可知,前文是在说外出锻炼,后文“runs, swims and goes skateboarding”都是不同种类的运动,所以此处表示“ 比如” 的含义。

      故选B120 . 句意:有时他也和他的朋友去露营Always 总是;Finally 最终;Sometimes 有 时 ; Luckily 幸运地根据前文“For example,he often runs, swims and goes skateboarding.“可知,此处也在表示他做什么运动,分析选项,“ 有时” 符合句意121 . 句意:他总是很健康life 生活;interest 兴趣;mind 精神;health 健康根据后文“How can he keep healthy?”可知,此处表示“ 他 总 是 很 健 康 故 选 D122 . 句意:他给了我们一些建议plans计 划 ; gives给;finds发现;teaches教分析句子可知, 此处构成短语give sbs th ,翻译为“ 给某人某物” 123 . 句意:首先,坚持每天锻炼working 工作;writing 写 ; exercising 锻炼;reading 阅读根据后文“He gets up at 6:00a.m. and…for one hour every morning.”可知,他每天早上6 点起床,跑步一个小时,此处表示“ 锻炼” 的含义。

      故选C124 . 句意:他每天早上六点起床,跑步一个小时runs 跑;watches 观看;drives 驾驶;draws 画画根据前文“First, keep exercising every day.”可知,首先坚持每天锻炼,此处应选与锻炼相关的内容1 2 5 .句意:第二,记得吃早餐meal 餐;dinner 晚餐;lunch 午餐;breakfast 早餐根据后文“He always has a lot ofporridge, bread or milk ...doing morning exercises.”可知,晨练之后,他总是喝很多粥、吃很多面包或喝很多牛奶,此处表示“ 吃早餐” 的含义126 . 句意:在晨练之后,他总是喝很多粥、吃很多面包或喝很多牛奶when当. . .时;if如果;after在. . . . 之后;as因为,由于分析句子可知,此处表示“ 在晨练之后吃早饭” 的含义127 . 句意:工作后放松一下relax 放松;talk 谈论;practice 练习;leave 离开根据"Don't worry too much aboutyour work.”可知,此处表示“ 工作后放松一下” 。

      故选A128 . 句意:这对你的健康不好bad坏的;good好的;nice美好的;cool凉爽的根据前文“Don't worry too muchabout your work.”可知,太担心工作对健康不好129 . 句意:这可以帮助你放松你的大脑mind 大脑;leg 腿;head 头;arm 胳膊根据"You can try listening to music or walkingwith friends if you have time”可知,听音乐,散步可以放松大脑,故选A130 . 句意:他相信这会使你有一个健康的身体make让;try尝试;hope希望;decide决定分析句子可知,此处构成“make sb dosth”结构,翻译为“ 让某人……故选ATime is money. Nowadays, some young students spend time 131 somethinguseless. Some of them spend much of their time 132 the television. Others spend theirtime on computer games.In fact, being young is a valuable gift and a golden time in our life. It will not lastforever. When we are young, it's better to learn 133 . We should try our best to learn asmuch knowledge as possible. Remember, time is the most valuable thing in the world. Whenit is gone, it will never 134 again. No one can return to yesterday. 135 . wemust value time and make full use of it to do 136 .But now some young people 137 off their work till tomorrow. So they will neverfinish their work on time. But why should we finish our work today? What a difference willmake if we do it tomorrow? Here is the reason. If we can't finish today's work, we will havemore for tomorrow, even for the day after tomorrow. So why not 138 it today? Every minute counts. So we shouldn't develop a habit of 139 time uselessly.Remember that if a man in youth does not do his best, he will feel very 140when he is very old. So please value time and work hard from now on.根据短文内容选择最佳答案。

      131. A. to doB. on doingC. doing132. A. behindB. in the front ofC. in front of133. A. muchB. manyC. more134. A. returnedB. returnC. returns135. A. AlsoB. SoC. As well136. A. something usefulB. useful somethingC. anything useful137. A. used to putB. are used to putC. are used to putting138. A. to finish to doB. finish to doC. finish doing139. A. to spendB. spendingC, spend140. A. unfairB. sadC. happy【 答案】131. C132. C133. C134. B135. B136. A137. C138. C139. B140. B【 导语】本文阐述了时间的重要性,告诫人们要趁着年轻,尽自己最大的努力去做事情,以免等到老的时候后悔。

      131 . 句意:如今,一些年轻学生花时间做一些无用的事情10 do动词不定式;ondoing on+动名词;doing动名词;spend time ( in) doing sth”花时间做某事” 132 . 句意:他们中的一些人大部分时间都花在电视机前behind在……之后;in thefront o f 在. . .前 部 ( 物体内部) ;in front of在. . . . 前 面 ( 物体外部) ;此处指“ 在电视 机 前 ( 看电视)“ 133 . 句意:当我们年轻的时候,最好多学点much很多,接不可数名词;many很多,接复数名词;more更多的,much/many的比较级;根据"We should try our best tolearn as much knowledge as possible.”可知,此处指“ 趁 年 轻 要 多 学 东 西 故 选 C134 . 句意:当它离去时,它将再也不会回来returned过去式;return原形;returns一般现在时、三单形式;will后接动词原形135 . 句意:因此,我们必须珍惜时间,并充分利用它来做一些事情。

      Also也,位于句中;S如此;As well也,位于句尾;根据上文“ 没有人能回到昨天“ 可知此处是引出结果“ 因此,我们必须珍惜时间” 136 . 句意:因此,我们必须珍惜时间,并充分利用它来做一些事情something useful有用的东西;useful something错误表达;anything useful任何有用的东西;形容词修饰不定代词时后置,排除B; something用于肯定句,anything用于否定句和疑问句,原句是是肯定句,排除C137 . 句意:但是现在一些年轻人习惯于把工作推迟到明天used to do sth“ 过去常常做某事" ;be used to do sth”被用于做某事“ ;be used to doing sth”习惯做某事“ ;根据下文“So they will never finish their work on time."他们永远不会按时完成工作;可知此处指“ 习惯于把工作推迟到明天故选C138 . 句意: 那么为什么不今天就完成呢? to finish to do错误表达;finish to do错误表达;finish doing做完某事;“why not后接动词原形” 意为“ 为什么不做某事" ,所以排除A; finish doing sth“ 做完某事” ,排除B。

      故选C139 . 句意:每一分钟都很重要所以我们不应该养成浪费时间的习惯spend动词不定式;spending动名词;spend动词原形;o f是介词,后接动名词140 . 句意:记住,如果一个人在年轻时没有做到最好,当他很老的时候,他会感到非常悲伤unfair不公平的;sad难过的;happy开心的;根据上文“No one can return toyesterday. So, we must value time and make full use of it to do something”没有人能回到过去,我们必须珍惜时间,并充分利用它来做一些事情;可知此处指“ 年轻时不做到最好,年老是就会悲伤” John is an artist ( 画家) . He lives not far from Jane. Every day, he needs much141 to draw pictures and he is always 142 . He doesn,t like to talk toothers when he is 143 . His friends 144 him well. If ( 女 口 果 ) they want tovisit him, they often 145 first. They go to John's home only when he is not busy.Jane is a nurse ( 护士) in a hospital. She has 146 friends and they often go to her house and talk with her. But Jane thinks thafs a little 147 . She 148wants to read books when she is at home. She doesn't know how to say that to her friends.Now Jane is 149 her problem with John. John wants to help her. But he has noidea. At last, he says, “You can 150 your hat and coat at home. If your friends come,you say to them 'Sorry, I need to go out now'.”141. A. sometimesB. timeC. placesD. friends142. A. relaxedB. friendlyC. busyD. lazy143. A. sleepingB ・ singingC. dancingD. drawing144. A. hopeB. knowC. thinkD. meet145. A. callB. giveC. seeD. write146. A. lots forB. a lotC. a lots ofD. lots of147. A. noisyB. noiseC. happyD. funny148. A. alsoB. stillC. justD. never149. A. looking forB ・ talking withC. talking aboutD. looking at150. A. put onB. wearC. takeD. wash【 答案】141. B142. C143. D144. B145. A146. D147. A148. C149. C150. B【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文,作者通过这篇文章向我们介绍了简和约翰的事情,约翰帮助简解决了问题。

      1 4 1 .句意:他需要很多时间画画,他总是很忙sometimes 有时;time 时间;places 地点;friends 朋友根据"he needs much ... to drawpictures”可知是需要很多时间去画画 142 . 句意:他需要很多时间画画,他总是很忙relaxed放松的;friendly友好的;busy忙碌的;lazy懒惰的根据“he needs much…todraw pictures”可知他很忙143 . 句意:他画画时不喜欢和别人说话sleeping 睡觉;singing 唱歌;dancing 跳舞;drawing 画画根据"he needs much ... todraw pictures”可知画画时不喜欢和人说话144 . 句意:他的朋友们很了解他hope 希 望 ; know 知 道 ; think 认 为 ; meet 遇见根据"They go to JohiVs home only whenhe is not busy.”可知,朋友们在他不忙的时候去他家,所以是了解他,故选B145 . 句意:如果他们想拜访他,他们经常先打给他call 打;give 给;see 看见;write 写。

      根据“If they want to visit him, they often...himfirst.”可知,应该是拜访前先打,故选A146 . 句意:她有很多朋友,他们经常去她家和她聊天lots for 错误搭配;a lot 许多;a lots of 错误搭配;lots of 许多a lot of=lots of, 许多” ,此处后接名词复数,B 项缺少of147 . 句意:但是简认为那有点吵noisy 吵闹的;noise 噪 音 ; happy 快 乐 的 ; funny 有趣的根据“She ... wants to readbooks when she is at home."可知Jane觉得朋友们经常去她家有点吵,用 noisy作表语故选Ao148 . 句意:她在家的时候只想看书also 也;still 仍然;just 只是, 仅仅;never 从不根据也he has ... friends and they oftengo to her house and talk with her. But… ”可知but后句意出现转折,由此可推出她觉得朋友们常去有点吵,只想在家看书149 . 句意:现在简正在和约翰谈论她的难题。

      looking for 寻找;talking with 和. . .交谈;talking about 谈论;looking at 看根据“Now Jane is ... her problem with John”可知,此处是 talk about sth with sb 结构,意为“ 与某人谈论某事” 150 . 句意:你在家的时候可以穿戴好帽子和外套put o n穿 ( 强调动作) ;wear穿 ( 强调状态) ;lake带走;wash洗根据后文“your hatand coat ” 和“I need to go out”可知是穿戴好,假装要出门,此处表示穿戴的状态故选BoWhen Amy wrote her first novel in secondary school, she never dreamed that she would become a writer one day. Like many 151 writers on the Internet, the 28-year-oldwoman got into this online world by accident.Three years ago, Amy worked in a big company. Her job kept her busy fbr six monthsand left her almost 152 to do for the rest of the year. To fill the time, she startedwriting 153 on the Internet. Her first novel was about her neighbors and their lifebecause she has known them well. Amy has been interested in writing 154 she wasa child. At first, she just wanted to share her novels 155 people she knew. Then oneday an editor ( 编辑)of a famous website emailed her, asking her if she would like to156 the electronic copyright ( 版权)of one of her novels.She 157 at once and the novel was moved to the VIP section of the website.She got $ 1,500 for that.Now Amy is a full-time 158 . So far her eight novels have come out online,and five of them were printed. 44The Internet made me famous and brought me159 she said." earn much more money now— about $60,000 a year. I am happywith my career, but there is one problem——that my talent ( 天赋) might run out after fiveyears and I'll have to 160 to work in another company". "Befbre that daycomes, Til keep writing fbr the readers with my light and close-to-everyday-life writingstyle,“ said Amy with a smile.151. A.otherB. othersC. anotherD. the other152. A.somethingB. anythingC. everythingD. nothing153. A.reportsB.novelsC. diariesD. plays154. A.whenB.whileC. sinceD. until155. A.aboutB. ofC. toD. with156. A.buyB.sellC・ copyD. write157. A.agreedB. disagreedC. refusedD. left158. A.housewifeB. editorC. saleswomanD. writer159. A.successB. humorC. decisionD. advice160. A.comeB.goC. returnD. get【 答案】151. A152. D153. B 154. C155. D156. B157. A158. D159. A160. B【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      文章主要介绍了网络作家艾米的成功之路一开始她只是为了打发时间才在网络上写小说后来她的小说被网络编辑看重,花重金买了下了授权现在她已经成为一个全职作家151 . 句意:就像互联网上的许多其他作家一样,这位2 8 岁的女士意外地进入了这个网络世界other其他的,表示不确定的人或事,后接名词复数;others其他的,other的复数形式,后面不再加名词;another再一个/ 又一个;后加单数名词时表示另一的;the other( 两者中的)另一个,表特指根据题下后“ …writers”可知用other152 . 句意:她的工作使她忙碌了六个月,让她在一年中剩下来的时间里几乎没什么事情可做something某物,一些事物,用于肯定句及表示请求、建议等含义的疑问句中;anything任何事物,一般用于否定及疑问句中;everything一切,所有事物,强调个体;nothing没有什么,用于肯定句表示否定含义根据后句“To fill the time, she startedwriting on Internet.”可知为了打发时间,她开始在网上写作可见她在其余的时间里很空闲,所以几乎是没事做。

      故选D153 . 句意:为了打发时间,她开始在网上写小说reports 报告;novels 小说;diaries 日记;plays 话剧 ° 根据下文“Her first novel wasabout her neighbors and their life.“可知她的第一部小说是关于她邻居以及她们的生活,可见她是开始写小说154 . 句意:艾米自孩子起就对写作感兴趣when当. . .时候;while当. . . . 时候;since自从;unlil直到根据前句“Amy has beeninterested in writing…. ” 可知主句时态是现在完成时,可见后句” …she was a child.”应用since来连接表达155 . 句意:起初,她只是想和她认识的人分享她的小说 about关于;of属于;to 到 ; with和. . .一起,带有根据短语搭配“share sth. withsb.”与某人分享某物156 . 句意:后来有一天,一个著名网站的编辑给她发了一封电子邮件,问她是否愿意卖掉她其中一部小说的电子版权buy 购买;sell 出售;copy 复印,抄袭;write 写。

      根据下文“the novel was moved to theVIP section of the website. She got $ 1,500 for that.”可知这部小说被移到了 网站的 VIP区,她赚到了 1,500美元可见艾米卖掉了版权157 . 句意:她立刻同意了,小说被移到了网站的VIP区agreed同意,赞成;disagreed不同意,不赞成;refused拒绝;left留下,离开根据后句“ …the novel was moved to the VIP section of the website.She got $ 1,500 for that.“可知这部小说被移到了网站的V IP区她为此赚了 1500美元可见她是同意售卖小说版权158 . 句意:现在艾米是一位专职作家housewife家庭主妇;editor编辑;saleswoman女售货员; writer作家,作者根据后文“So far her eight novels have come out online, and five of them were printed... I am happywith my career.“可知Amy成了专职作家。

      故选D159 . 句意:互联网使我出名并给我带来成功success 成功;humor 诙谐;decision 决 议 ; advice 建议根据后句“I earn much moremoney now—— about $60,000 a year. I am happy with my career”可知她现在——年赚 6 万美元,她对她的事业很满意可见互联网给她带来了成功160 . 句意:我对我的职业很满意,但有一个问题,我的才华可能在5 年后耗尽,我不得不去另一家公司工作come 来;go 去;return 回转;get 得到根据前句"...my talent might run out after fiveyears.”可知作者才能也许五年后就用完了,所以五年后她可能得去另一家工作gotowork去上班Life in the future will be different from life today. Between then and now many changeswill happen. But what will the changes be?The population( 人 口) is growing fast. There will be many people in the world and mostof them will live 161 than people live now.Computers will be much smaller but more 162 , and there will be at least one inevery room. And computers studies will be one of the important 163 in school then.People will work fewer hours than they do now and they will have more free time for sports, watching TV and travel. 164 will be much cheaper and easier. And many morepeople will go to other countries for holidays.There will be changes in our food, too. More land will be used to 165 newtowns and houses for all the people. Then there will be less room for cows and sheep. So166 will be more expensive. Maybe no one will eat it every day. Instead they willeat more fruit and vegetables. Maybe people will be 167 . Work in the future will bedifferent, too. Robots will do dangerous and hard work. 168 this, many people willnot have enough work to do. This will be a problem.161. A. betterB. longerC. shorter162. A. usefulB. beautifulC. successful163. A. hobbiesB. sayingsC. subjects164. A. TravelingB. SharingC. Discussing165. A. makeB. buildC. lose166. A. vegetablesB. fruitC. meat167. A. healthierB. more famousC. more talented168. A. Because ofB. In factC. As long as【 答案】161. B162. A163. C164. A165. B166. C167. A168. A【 分析】本文是一篇说明文。

      主要讲述了未来的生活变化161 . 句意:世界上将有许多人,他们中的大多数人将活得比现在的人更长better更好;longer更长;shorter更短根据“people live now.”可知,大多数人将活得比现在的人更长,因此“longer”符合句意162 . 句意:计算机将更小,但更有用,每个房间将至少有一台useful 有用的;beautiful 漂亮的;successful 成功的根据“Computers will be much smaller”和生活常识可知,计算机将更小,但更有用,因此“useftil”符合句意故选Ao163 . 句意:计算机学习将是学校的重要科目之一hobbies爱好;sayings语录;subjects学科根据“in school”可知,计算机学习将是学校的重要科目之一,因此“subjects”符合句意164 . 句意:旅行将会更加便宜和方便Traveling 旅游;Sharing 分享;Discussing 讨论根据“And many more people will go toother countries for holidays.”可知,应该是旅行将会更加便宜和方便, 因此“Traveling”符合句意。

      故选A165 . 句意:更多的土地将被用来为所有人建造新的城镇和住房make制作;build建立;lose失去根据"More land”可知,土地将被用来为所有人建造新的城镇和住房,因此“build”符合句意166 . 句意:所以肉会更贵vegetables 蔬菜;fruit 水果;meat 肉根据“Then there will be less room for cows andsheep.”可. 知,因为没有更多的牛和羊了,所以肉会更贵,因此“meat”符合句意故选Co167 . 句意:也许人们会更健康healthier更健康的;more famous更著名的;more talented更有才能的根据“Insteadthey will eat more fruit and vegetables.”可知,因为多吃蔬菜和水果了,所以人们更健康,因此“healthier”符合句意168 . 句意:正因为如此,许多人将没有足够的工作去做Because of 由于;In fact 事实上;As long as 只要根据"Robots will do dangerous andhard work.”可知,因为机器人做了工作,所以导致很多人没有工作,因此“Because。

      『符合句意As a foreigner, it's hard for me to tell what Chinese people are like. But my169 in Beijing said something.A couple of weeks ago, I went to buy four big suitcases( 行李箱) for travel.170 I was going down the street, it suddenly rained heavily. A stranger called meinto his little shop. He 171 me a cup of tea and a chair. When the rain got172 、 I thanked him and rushed to a 173 nearby to buy my suitcases.If you've ever tried to push four big suitcases by yourself you may understand my174 . I looked silly, fbr the suitcases were dancing wildly across the floor. Then I got a 175 on the shoulder. It was the seller. He signed that I should wait. A few minuteslater, he 176 in a car, and put the suitcases inside. Then we went driving177 along the road to my home. I offered him some money, but he 178 . Inbroken English he said, "Feel good... help you.^^Now, you can see Chinese people are always ready to help you.169. A. friendB. teacherC. inventionD. experience170. A. IfB. WhenC. AlthoughD. Because171. A. foundB. boughtC. madeD. offered172. A. harderB. lighterC. thickerD. faster173. A. storeB. hallC. labD. school174. A. languageB. sentenceC. situationD. advantage175. A. wingB. coinC. bookD. touch176. A. lay downB. drove upC. fell behindD. went away177. A. happilyB. lazilyC. bravelyD. poorly178. A. missedB. noddedC. refusedD. failed【 答案】169. D170. B171. D172. B173. A174. C175. D176. B177. A178. C【 导语】本文是一篇记叙文。

      主要讲述了作者是一个外国人,在购物时亲身经历了好心人不计酬劳的帮助后,对中国人了解了很多,知道他们总是在准备着帮助他人1 6 9 .句意:但我在北京的经历说明了一些问题friend朋友;teacher老师;invention发明;experience经历,经验根据后文内容可知,作者讲述自己的经历,故选D 170 . 句意:当我沿着街道走的时候,突然下起了大雨If 如果;When 当. . .时;Although 虽然;Because 因为根据”...I was going down thestreet, it suddenly rained heavily.”可知,当作者沿着街道走的时候,下起了雨,用 when引导时间状语从句,故选B171 . 句意:他给了我一杯茶和一把椅子found 发现;bought 买;made 制作;offered 提供根据“A stranger called me into hislittle shop. He...me a cup of tea and a chair."可知,陌生人主动提供作者一杯茶和一把椅子,offer sb sth" 提供某人某物” ,故选D。

      172 . 句意:雨下得更小了,我谢了他,然后冲到附近的一家商店去买手提箱harder 更 难 ; lighter 更轻;thicker 更厚;faster 更快根据“I thanked him and rushed toa...nearby to buy my suitcases.”可知,雨小了,作者继续去买手提箱,故选B173 . 句意:雨下得更小了,我谢了他,然后冲到附近的一家商店去买手提箱store商店;hall大厅;lab实验室;school学校根据"to buy my suitcases”可知,是去商店买手提箱,故选A174 . 句意:如果你曾经试过自己推四个大箱子,你就会理解我的处境language 语言;sentence 句子;situation 情况;advantage 优势根据"If you've evertried to push four big suitcases by yourself, you may understand my...”可知,此处描述作者的处境很难,故选C175 . 句意:然后有人碰了一下我的肩膀wing 翅膀;coin 硬币;book 书;touch 触摸。

      根据"Then I got a...on the shouldei*.”可知,是有人拍了作者的肩膀,故选D176 . 句意:几分钟后,他开车过来,把箱子放了进去laydown躺下;drove up抬高,开车赶到;fell behind落后;went away走开根据“he...in a car”可知,是开车过来,故选B177 . 句意:然后,我们愉快地沿着这条路开车回家happily开心地;lazily懒 惰 地 ; bravely勇敢地;poorly贫穷地有人帮助作者, 应该是开心地,故选A178 . 句意:我给了他一些钱,但他拒绝了missed思 念 ; nodded点头;refused拒绝;failed失败根据“but”可知,前后句意转折,应该是拒绝了作者给的钱,故选CThe first time on the school bus. I saw different faces. I greeted them and cold facesturned into smiling ones. As the days went on, we talked like old friends. 179 I was unable to set up the same friendship with a quiet girl in the front of the bus. Her old clothesshowed that her family was poor. She always took some water for the driver. I guessed shewas a 180 girl. But why didn't she talk with us? Why did she never ⑻ to ourfriendly greetings?I got the 182 one evening. When I was running in the path. I saw the girl sittingalone under a tree. I greeted her with a warm smile. To my surprise, this time she 183back. Then she told me, “I 184 speak very well. I have trouble expressing myself. Ihave no friends. But you always smile at me, so I 185 want to smile.^^ That evening,we talked a lot.179. A. OrB.SoC .But180. A. cleverB.braveC .kind181. A. replyB.addc.remind182. A. answerB.forcec.trouble183. A. lookedB.foughtc.smiled184. A. can'tB.needn'tc.shouldn't185. A. onlyB.alsoc.never【 答案】179. C180. C181. A182. A183. C184. A185. B【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      本文作者讲述了自己用微笑让一位语言表达有困难的女孩打开心扉的故事1 7 9 .句意:但是我没能和坐在车前面的安静女孩建立同样的友谊Or 否则;So 所以;But 但是,根据“As the days went on, we talked like old friends"和"Iwas unable to set up the same friendship with a quiet girl in the front of the bus”是转折关系,所以用连词b u t,故选C1 8 0 .句意:我猜她是一个善良的女孩 clever 聪明的;brave 勇敢的;kind 善良的,根据“She always took some water for thedrive尸可推测,她是一个善良的女孩,故选C181 . 句意:为什么她从来不回应我们友好的问候呢?reply回应;add添加;remind提醒,根据空后的“our friendly greetings”可知,应该是回应我们的问候,动词短语reply to“ 回应” ,故选A182 . 句意:一天晚上我得到了答案answer 答案;force 力量;trouble 麻烦,根据前文的“But why didn't she talk with us?Why did she never reply to our friendly greetings”可知,应该是得到了答案,故选 A。

      183 . 句意:令我惊讶的是,这次她也报以微笑looked 看;fought 打仗;smiled 微笑,根据前文的"I greeted her with a warm smile”可知,应该是报以微笑,故选C184 . 句意:我不能说得很好can't 不能;needn9t 不 需 要 ; shouldn't 不应该,根据后文的“I have trouble expressingmyself, 可知,这个小女孩有表达问题,因此不能说得很好,此处表示能力,所以用情态动词c a n ,故选A185 . 句意:但是你总是对我微笑,所以我也想对你微笑only 仅仅;also 也;never 从不,根据前文的“To my surprise, this time she smiled back”可知,作者总是对她笑,所以女孩也微笑回应,故选B阅读下面的短文,然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中,选出最佳选项Most of us like to know where we are and where we're going. It can fell strange to be186 . The words “being lost“ make us think of a dark and scary wood or street,187 that's not always the case.Once we were on holiday in Venice. My dad planned to go out to take photos the nextmorning. Mom wasn't 188 、 but I would go with him, only because he 189I could have the biggest ever bowl of Italian ice cream if I did. Why else would I190 so early.So at 5 a. m. the next day we left the hotel and started walking in the 191streets. When the sun came up, Dad started taking photos and I 192 him, downsmall streets and over little bridges.After about an hour, I turned to Dad and asked, "Where are we?" He said. "I have noidea.,, I immediately began to 193 the worst, but Dad just laughed and said, "We'relost!”, I told him to take out his map or phone. He said, “1 only brought the 194 . Come on, lefs get more lost!” He laughed again.I gradually felt able to 195 again because of his laughter and it made me feelsafe. Slowly people were appearing on the streets — shops and cafes began to open.I began to 196 that we were lost, and just started watching and 197everything that was happening around me.198 . after about four hours of walking around, we were back. Mum askedworriedly, "Where have you been?^^ I said with a big 199 . “We got lost!”These days we 200 get lost with so many things around us — maps, GPS, appson our phones, and so on. But Dad showed me that being lost can sometimes simply besomething to enjoy.186. A. aloneB. lostC. afraid187. A. butB. andC. or188. A. worriedB. interestedC. touched189. A. expectedB. realizedC. promised190. A. riseB. arriveC. care191. A. modernB. noisyC. empty192. A. followedB. invitedC. led193. A. hideB. fearC. encourage194. A. moneyB. mapC. camera195. A. liveB. breatheC. cry196. A. imagineB. worryC . forget197. A. taking inB. calling upC. putting off198. A. RecentlyB. FinallyC. Suddenly199. A. surpriseB. shameC. smile200. A. hardlyB. oftenC. nearly【 答案】186. B187. A188. B189. C190. A191. C 192. A193. B194. C195. B196. C197. A198. B199. C200. A【 导语】本文是一篇记叙文,主要介绍了作者的一次迷路的经历。

      186 . 句意:迷路的感觉会很奇怪alone独自的;10st迷路的,失去的;afraid害怕的根据下文“The words'being lost'make us think of a dark and scary wood or street”可知,文章中作者介绍的是一次迷路的经历,文章都是围绕“ 迷路” 展开的187 . 句意:“ 迷路” 这个词会让我们想到黑暗和可怕的森林或街道,但情况并非总是如此but 但是;and 和;or 或者根据空前后“make us think of a dark and scary wood orstreet,... thafs not always the case.”可知, 前后是转折的关系, 故用but连接188 . 句意:妈妈不感兴趣,但我愿意和他一起去,因为他答应我,如果我去的话,我就能吃到有史以来最大的一碗意大利冰淇淋worried担心的;interested感兴趣的;touched受触动的根据空后“but I would go withhim”可知,but表示转折,即我愿意和爸爸去,但是妈妈不愿意去,即“ 对此不感兴趣” 189 . 句意:妈妈不感兴趣,但我愿意和他一起去,因为他答应我,如果我去的话,我就能吃到有史以来最大的一碗意大利冰淇淋。

      expected 期望,期待;realized 意识到;promised 答应根据“I would go with him, onlybecause he ... I could have the biggest ever bowl of Italian ice cream”可知,这里表示" 我"之所以愿意跟爸爸一起去,是因为爸爸答应让我吃冰激凌190 . 句意:不然我为什么要起这么早?rise 升 起 , 起 床 ; arrive 到 达 ; care 关心根据上文“but I would go with him, onlybecause he promised I could have the biggest ever bowl of Italian ice cream if I did.“可知, 这句话说的是“ 我” 愿意和爸爸一起去的原因,因此这里表示“ 我为什么要起这么早” 故选Ao191 . 句意:于是,第二天早上5 点,我们离开酒店,开始在空荡荡的街道上行走modem现代的;noisy吵闹的;empty空的,空旷的根据句中的时间点“at 5 a.m. ” 可知,这个时间的街道上人应该比较少,因此empty符合语境。

      故选C192 . 句意:太阳一出来,爸爸就开始拍照,我跟着他,走在小街上,走过小桥followed 跟随;invited 邀请;led 带路根据"down small streets and over little bridges”可知,“ 我” 和爸爸一起出去拍照,应该是“ 我” 跟着爸爸走193 . 句意:我立即开始担心最坏的情况,但是爸爸笑了笑说:“ 我们迷路了! ”hide 隐藏;fear 担心;encourage 鼓励根据"Where are we?”及"I have no idea”可知,“ 我” 问爸爸我们在哪里,但是爸爸也不知道,于是“ 我' ' 是在担心194 . 句意:我只带了照相机money 钱;map 地图;camera 照相机根据“Dad started taking photos”可知,爸爸和“ 我” 出去是拍照,所以他带着的是照相机195 . 句意:由于他的笑声,我逐渐感到能够再次呼吸,这让我感到安全live 居住;breathe 呼吸;cry 哭泣 0 根据"because of his laughter and it made me feel safe”可知,爸爸的笑让“ 我' ’ 感到由安全感,所以“ 我” 能够放心地呼了一口气。

      故选B196 . 句意:我开始忘记我们迷了路,我开始观察,观察周围发生的一切imagine 想象;worry 担心;forget 忘记根据空后“and just started watching and …everything that was happening around me."可知," 我' ' 开始观察周围的一 •切,所以暂时忘记了迷路的事197 . 句意:我开始忘记我们迷了路,我开始观察,观察周围发生的一切taking in 吸收;calling up 给. . .打;putting off 推迟根据"everything that washappening around me”可知,开始观看“ 我" 周围的一切198 . 句意:最后,在四处走了大约四个小时后,我们回来了Recently 最近;Finally 最后:Suddenly 突然根据空后“after about four hours of walkingaround, we were back.”可知,这里表示在经过了四个小时之后,终于回来了199 . 句意:我笑着说:“ 我们迷路了! ”surprise 吃惊,惊奇;shame 羞愧;smile 微笑。

      根据下文“But Dad showed me that beinglost can sometimes simply be something to enjoy.“可知,作者描述的这次迷路的经历,让他感觉很有趣,所以这里是“ 笑 着 说 故 选 C200 . 句意:如今,有这么多东西围绕着我们——地图、GPS、上的应用程序等 等,我们几乎不会迷路hardly几乎不;often经常;nearly将近,几乎根据句意可知,有了像地图、GPS以及应用程序这些东西,我们现在几乎不会迷路了James is a good student and he has lots of friends, but he also has a problem. Some olderboys are bullying ( 欺凌)him.James is very 201 and he doesn't know 202 to do. Here are some 203for him and other teenagers in his situation.Bullying is not very common in schools. 204 、 everyone should know somethingabout how to 205 this problem.Being bullied can make you feel very upset and angry, but you are not alone. Don't hidethe problem. Find a person you can trust, 206 a teacher or your parents, and tell him orher what you are suffering. After you talk to someone, you will get some support and feel207 .Maybe you will be 208 to speak to an adult, but there are 209 things youcan do. Some people express their feelings more easily on 210 . Write a letter to211 or keep a diary, including all the details about what the bullies did, as well as whenand where the bullying 212 . You can show your letter or diary to responsible adults,and let 213 know what happened. The bullies will feel very afraid if their names214 in a letter!Also, don't show your fear and don't try to fight with the bullies. You can get intotrouble. Pay no attention to them and walk 215 . the bullies will soon stop.201. A. happyB. happilyC. unhappyD. happiness202. A. howB. whatC. whenD. where203. A. suggestionsB. adviseC. adviceD. suggest204. A. HoweverB. ButC. SoD. And205. A. answerB. solveC. searchD. steal206. A. such asB. for exampleC. stand forD. instead of207. A. heavierB. worseC. sadderD. better208. A. silentB. nervousC. peacefulD. crazy209. A. anotherB. the otherC. otherD. others210. A. phoneB. computerC. paperD • earth211. A. somebodyB. anybodyC. everybodyD. nobody 212. A. riskedB.shotC. foundD. happened213. A. youB.themC. himD. her214. A. disappearB.appearC. introduceD. provide215. A. onB.withC. forD. away【 答案】201. C202. B203. A204. A205. B206. A207. D208. B209. C210. C211. A212. D213. B214. B215. D【 导语】本文主要讲述了如何应对欺凌现象。

      201 . 句意:詹姆斯很不高兴,他不知道该怎么办happy高兴,形容词;happily高兴地, 副词;unhappy不开心的, 形容词;happiness高兴,名词根据“James is very”可知,需要一个形容词;结合“Some older boys arebullying ( 欺凌)him.”, 不开心;故选C202 . 句意:这里有一些建议给他和其他和他一样的青少年how如何;what什 么 ; w hen什么时候;where哪里根据"do”可知, 缺少宾语;故选Bo203 . 句意:詹姆斯很不高兴,他不知道该怎么办suggestions建议,名词复数;advise建议,动词;advice建议,不可数名词;suggest建议,动词根据“Here are some”可知, 需要名词复数;故选A 204 . 句意:然而,每个人都应该知道如何解决这个问题However 但是;But 但是;So 所以;And 和根据“everyone should know somethingabout”可知,前后是转折关系,有逗号隔开;故选A205 . 句意:然而,每个人都应该知道如何解决这个问题。

      answer回答;solve解决;search搜索;steal偷根据"this problem”可知, 解决这个问题;故选B206 . 句意:找一个你可以信任的人,比如老师或你的父母,告诉他或她你的痛苦such a s 比如,其后接词组;for example比如,后接句子;stand for代表;instead o f代替根据"a teacher or your parents”可知,举例说明信任的人有哪些;故选A207 . 句意:在你和别人交谈之后,你会得到一些支持,感觉更好heavier 更重;worse 更糟糕;sadder 更悲伤;better 更好根据"you will get somesupport”可知,有了支持后,会感觉良好:故选D208 . 句意:也许你和大人说话会紧张,但你还可以做一些其他的事情silent 安静的; nervous 紧张的;peaceful 和平的;crazy 疯狂的根据“speak to an adult”可知,告诉大人的时候会紧张;故选B209 . 句意:也许你和大人说话会紧张,但你还可以做一些其他的事情another另一个;the other两者中另一个;other其他的;others其他人或物。

      根据“Some people express their feelings more easily”可知,有其他事情可做;故选 C210 . 句意:有些人更容易在纸上表达他们的感情phone;computer电脑;paper纸;earth地球根据"Write a letter”可知,在纸上表达感受;故选C211 . 句意:给某人写一封信或写日记,包括欺凌者所做的所有细节,以及欺凌发生的时间和地点你可以把你的信或日记给负责任的成年人看,让他们知道发生了什么somebody 某人;anybody 任何人;everybody 每个人;nobody 没有人根据“Write aletter”可知,写信给某些人;故选A212 . 句意:给某人写一封信或写日记,包括欺凌者所做的所有细节,以及欺凌发生的时间和地点你可以把你的信或日记给负责任的成年人看,让他们知道发生了什么risked 冒 险 ; shot 射 击 ; found 发 现 ; happened 发生根据"when and where thebullying”可知,欺凌发生的时间和地点;故选D213 . 句意:给某人写一封信或写日记,包括欺凌者所做的所有细节,以及欺凌发生的时间和地点。

      你可以把你的信或日记给负责任的成年人看,让他们知道发生了什么you 你;them 他们;him 他;her 她根据“You can show your letter or diary to responsible adults”可知,用 them 代替“responsible adults^^;故选 B 02 1 4 .句意:如果他们的名字出现在一封信里,霸凌者会感到非常害怕!disappear 消失;appear 出现;introduce 介绍;provide 提供根据“in a letter”可知,出现在信里,那些欺凌的人会很害怕;故选B2 1 5 .句意:不要理会他们,走开,恶霸很快就会停下来on 在. . .上;w汕 和;for 为了; away 离开根据"Pay no attention to them”可知,不去注意他们,然后走开;故选DThat day, the bathroom door heavily shut behind me. Then there came my little brother'sloud 216 .Oh, my god! The door had slammed on his finger! Now he asked me to take hisfingernail back. Without thinking, I rushed into the bathroom. 217 , 1 couldn't find it. Iknew from the look on his face that he was so scared and painful. He couldn't 218 oneof his parts was gone in such a way. He kept crying, and I felt worried and 219because our parents would come back soon and they would be angry with me.Suddenly, a 220 idea came to me. I whispered in his ear, “Toby, do you know thatlizards ( 蜥蜴) grow their 221 back and little boys can grow their fingernails backtoo?" Toby's soft green eyes grew wide and he became very excited. "They can?” he asked.Quite surprised by the 222 , "And how?”I told him, “ 223 is impossible. From now on, inside your 224 you keep alittle voice telling your fingernail how much you love it and how much you need it." I couldsee Toby's little face 225 . Then I continued, 4tWe should 226 the wholething from Mom and Dad." Toby nodded( 点头) firmly. After a while, Toby said to me, 'Tmtalking to my fingernail, 227 it to grow quickly.^^A week later, with a joyful burst of laughter, Toby ran towards me. "See!" he said, "it'sreally growing back and becomes well again just as any 228 fingemails!,,“It's a real 229 ! Everything can go well 230 you truly believe.^^Toby said happily.216. A. smileB. cryC. cheerD. call217. A. HeavilyB. CompletelyC. UnexpectedlyD. Unluckily218. A. guessB. standC. understandD. explain219. A. helplessB. carelessC. sillyD. wrong220. A. fairB. strangeC. greatD. true 221. A. feetB. headsC. tailsD. fingers222. A. wordB. thoughtC. planD. object223. A. EverythingB. AnythingC. NothingD. Something224. A. headB. eyeC. handD. fingernail225. A. turned upB. showed upC. lit upD. put up226. A. hideB. stopC. cheatD. hold227. A. hopingB. makingC. findingD. wishing228. A. wholeB. normalC. usualD. typical229. A. stickB. skillC. magicD. joke230. A. whileB. untilC. ifD. unless【 答案】216. B217. D218. B219. A220. C221. C222. B223. C224. A225. C226. A227. D228. B229. C230. C【 分析】这篇短文主要讲述了洗澡室的门把作者弟弟的手指甲碾下来了,弟弟一直哭,作者给他讲蜥蜴长尾巴的故事,最后弟弟的指甲长出来了,他们很开心。

      2 1 6 .句意:然后传来了我小弟弟大的哭声smile 微笑;cry 哭;cheer 使高兴;call 打 根据“Oh, my god! The door hadslammed on his finger!”可知,门砰地一声砸在他的手指上了,所以是说弟弟的哭声 故选Bo217 . 句意:不幸地是,我没有找到heavily 重地;completely 完整地;unexpectedly 意外地;unluckily 不幸地根据“Nowhe asked me to take his fingernail back. Without thinking, I rushed into the bathroom.“可知,是不幸地是没有找到218 . 句意:他无法忍受这样的一部分就这样消失了guess 猜 ; stand 忍受;understand 理解;explain 解释根据"He kept crying”可知, 他一直哭,所以不能忍受,故选B219 . 句意:我感到担心和无助,因为我们的父母很快就会回来,他们会生我的气helpless 无助的;careless 粗心的;silly 傻的;wrong 错误的。

      根据“because our parentswould come back soon and they would be angry with me”可知,这里是说作者是无助的,故选A«220 . 句意:突然,我想出了一个好主意fair公平的;strange奇怪的;great很棒的;true真正的根据“Suddenly, a…idea cameto me.”和后文介绍可知,这里是说作者突然想出一个好主意221 . 句意:托比,你知道蜥蜴能长尾巴,小男孩也能长指甲吗?feet 脚; heads 头;tails 尾巴;fingers 手指根据“do you know that lizards ( 蜥蜴) growtheir…back”和常识可知,蜥蜴断尾后,尾巴还能长出来,故选C222 . 句意:对这个想法感到很惊讶,“ 怎么做呢?”word 单词;thought 想 法 ; plan 计 划 ; object 物体根据上文“Suddenly, a…idea came tome.”可知,是说这个想法223 .句意: 没有什么是不可能的everything 每件事; anything 任何事;nothing 没有事;something 某事。

      根据”...isimpossible.”可知,没有什么是不可能的,故选C224 . 句意:从现在开始,在你的脑袋里有一个小声音告诉你的指甲你有多爱它,你有多需要它head 头 ; eye 眼 睛 ; hand 手;fingernail 指甲根据“you keep a little voice telling yourfingernail how much you love it and how much you need it”可知,是自己头脑中的声音,故选A„225 . 句意:我可以看到托比的小脸庞亮了起来turned up调高;showed up出现,露面;lit up呈现高兴的情绪;put up张贴根据“Toby nodded( 点头) firmly.”可知,Toby坚定地相信了我,高兴了,不再哭了 故选 Co226 . 句意:我们应该把整个事情瞒着爸爸妈妈hide 躲臧;stop 停止;cheat 欺骗;hold 举行根据前文“because our parents wouldcome back soon and they would be angry with me”可知,作者害怕父母责怪自己,所以这里是说瞒着父母。

      故选A227 . 句意:我在和我的指甲说话,希望它能快点长hoping 希望;making 制作;finding 找到;wishing 希望根据'Tm talking to myfingernail,...it to grow quickly.”可知,希望它能快点长故选 D228 . 句意:它真的长回来了,就像任何正常的指甲一样又好起来了!whole 整个;normal 正常的;usual 通常的;typical 典型的根据 ifs really growingback"”可知,指甲真的长回来了,像正常的指甲一样,故选B229 . 句意:它真是神奇stick 棍子;skill 技能;magic 魔术, 神奇;joke 玩笑根据"it's really growing back andbecomes well again just as any…fingernails”可知,Toby觉得指甲长回来很神奇,故选Co230 . 句意:如果你真的相信,一切都会好起来的while 当. . .时;until 直到;if 如果;unless 除非you truly believe'' 是"Everything cango well”的条件,这里是if引导的条件状语从句。

      故选CFriendship, which you think may have lost, will come back amazingly. I had a bestfriend at the age of 7. Two years 231 , her family moved to England. Before she left,she gave a similar bracelet ( 手镯) to 232 . She said it was like our friendship. She alsotold me to be careful with it and remember our friendship. She 233 that she would beback to visit me one day.Years passed, 234 I never saw her. I 235 the bracelet, because I thoughtshe might have forgotten me.Guess what! All these years, our parents 236 kept in touch. One day, they decidedto see each other where we lived, without telling us. Later that night, when we met, we wereboth 237 and of course, very pleased to see each other again. Then we talked aboutthings that 238 to us all these years. She found I wasn't 239 the bracelet shegave me. I explained the 240 . Then she forgave me and said “I promised you that Iwould come back, so I am here today. I always remember our friendship. Til do everything Ican to keep my promise.,, 231. A. agoB. laterC. afterD. before232. A. mineB. myselfC. ID. me233. A. agreedB. toldC. promisedD. offered234. A. becauseB. andC. soD. but235. A. took offB. got offC. put offD. turned off236. A. stillB. neverC. alwaysD. seldom237. A. happyB. surprisedC. excitedD. nervous238. A. appearedB. regrettedC. happenedD. introduced239. A. dressingB. bringingC. carryingD. wearing240. A. resultB. purposeC. patienceD. reason【 答案】231. B232. D233. C234. D235. A236. A237. B238. C239. D240. D【 导语】本文讲述了作者和自己的好朋友因搬家分别多年,以为这段友谊已经失去了,但最后两人又再次相遇,友谊也回来了。

      231 . 句意:两年后,她全家搬到了英国ago以前;later后 来 ; after在……之后;before在……之前根据“Two years ...”可知,此处指两年后;“ 一段时间Mater”表示“ 多久以后“ ,故选B232 . 句意:她走之前,给了我一个相似的手镯mine我的;myself我自己;I 我,主格;me我,宾格give sth. to sb.“ 给某人某物” ,代词要用宾格形式,故选D233 . 句意:她答应有一天她会回来看望我agreed同意;told告诉;promised承诺;offered 提供根据“She ... that she would be back to visit me one day.“可知,她承诺有一天会回来看作者,故选C 234 . 句意:很多年过去了,但我从没见过她because因为;and和;so 因此;but但是根据“Years passed”和“I never saw her.”可知,前后句为转折关系,应用but连接,故选D235 . 句意:我摘下了手镯,因为我以为她把我忘了took off脱下;gotoff下车;putoff 推迟;turned off 关闭。

      根据下文“She found I wasn't... the bracelet she gave me.“可知,作者脱下了手镯,故选A236 . 句意:这些年来, 我们的父母仍然保持联系still仍 然 ; never从不;always总是;seldom 很少根据下文“One day, they decided to see each other where we lived,without telling us.”可知,双方父母仍然保持着联系,故选A237 . 句意:那天晚上晚些时候,当我们见面时,我们都很惊讶,当然,很高兴再次见到对方happy高兴的;surprised惊 讶 的 ; excited激动的; nervous紧张的根据“Later that night, when we met, we were both . . . " 和上下文可知,两人很久未见,再次见面应该是很惊讶,故选B238 . 句意:然后我们谈论了这些年来发生在我们身上的事情appeared出现;regretted 后悔;happened 发生;introduced 介绍根据"Then we talked about thingsthat... to us all these years.”可知,此处是交谈这些年发生在彼此身上的事情,故选C。

      239 . 句意:她发现我没有戴她给我的手镯dressing穿衣;bringing带来;carrying携带;wearing穿戴根据“the bracelet”可知, 此处指穿戴手镯, 应用w ear,故选D240 . 句意:我解释了原因result结果;purpose目的;patience耐心;reason原因根据上文“She found I wasn't... the bracelet she gave me.“可知,朋友发现作者没有戴上手镯,作者向她解释了原因Some people in Britain or America like to invite friends to dinner at home. But this ismore common in America 241 in Britain. Don't worry 242 your Englishfriends don't invite you home. It doesn't mean that they 243 you.When you 244 to an evening meal, ask your friends what time you should245 . It is a good idea 246 a small present when you arrive, and it is 247-to say how much you like the house 248 the room, or the pictures in the room. Butdon't ask how much these things 249 .In this way, 250 you and your friends will have a pleasant get together.241 . A. that B. then C. than D. more than242 . A. what B. where C. who D. if243 . A. don't like B. unlike C. like D. doesn't like 244.A. askedB.are askedC .are askingD.were asked245.A. arrive atB.get toC .arriveD.arrive in246.A. takesB.to takec.takingD.to lend247.A. politeB.worriedc.sadD.afraid248.A. orB.andc.butD.so249.A. spendB. costc.takesD.pay250.A. bothB.neitherc.allD.none【 答案】241. C242. D243. A244. B245. C246. B247. A248. A249. B250. A【 导语】本文主要讲述了去英国或美国的朋友家做客的一些注意事项。

      241 . 句意:但这在美国比在英国更普遍that那个;then然后;than比;more than超过根据前面的“more”可知,本句是比较级 ,用 than来连接242 . 句意:如果你的英国朋友不邀请你到家里去,你也不要担心whal 什么;where 哪里;who 谁;if 如果根据"Don't worry...your English fiiends don'tinvite you home.”可知,这里是if引导的条件状语从句,故选D243 . 句意:那并不意味着他们不喜欢你don't like不喜 欢 ; unlike不像;like喜 欢 ; doesn't like不喜欢, 第三人称单数根据“Don't worry...your English friends don't invite you home.“可知,这里是说这不意味着他们不喜欢你因主语是复数,故用don't like表示244 . 句意:当你被邀请去吃晚餐时,问问你的朋友你应该什么时候到asked邀请;are asked被邀请;are asking正在邀请;were asked被邀请,一般过去时态 被动语态根据"When you...to an evening meal”可知,此处主语you和 ask之间为被动关系,根据“when you arrive”可知,此处为一般现在时的被动语态,故用are asked表示 , 指 “ 被邀请蜜故选B。

      245 . 句意:当你被邀请去吃晚餐时,问问你的朋友你应该什么时候到arrive at到达, 后接小地方;get to 到达;arrive到 ; arrive in 到达, 后接大地方根据“ask your friends what time you should...9,,由于此处空后没有宾语,故用不及物动词arrive作谓语246 . 句意:当你到的时候带个小礼物是很好的主意takes带去,第三人称单数;to take去带,动词不定式;taking带去,现在分词;tolend去借,动词不定式根指'It is a good idea”可知,此处为It's a+〃 矽 名词+to dos th .,此处使用动词不定式,根据“a small present when you arrive”可. 知,这里指的是带一个小礼物247 . 句意:说一下你有多么喜欢那座房子和里面的房间是很有礼貌的polite礼貌的;worried担心的;sad悲伤的;afraid害怕的根据“say how much youlike the house”可知,去别人家里面表达对对方房子的喜欢,这是一种礼貌的行为,故选 A。

      248 . 句意:说一下你有多么喜欢那座房子和里面的房间是很有礼貌的o r或者;and和,又;but但是;so 因此并列连词根据"or the pictures in the room”可知,此处表示选择关系,使用 口 故选A249 . 句意:但不要问这些东西花了多少钱spend花费,人作主语;cost花费,物作主语;takes花费,it作形式主语;pay花费,人作主语根据"these things”可知,此处主语为物,使用cost250 . 句意:这样,你和你的朋友会有一个愉快的聚会bolh两者都;neither两者都不;all全都;none三者或三者以上都不根据“you andyour friends",此处为both...and...意为“ ……和……两者都” ,这里表示你和你的朋友都阅读下列短文,从文后各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案There was magic in the secret garden that spring and summer. At first everything turned251 . Then the green changed to colours — blue, purple and red. There were flowerseverywhere. The air was filled with their sweet 252 .Colin saw it all. He watched the 253 as they happened. Dickon pushed hiswheelchair to the garden every 254 and he spent the day there. Sometimes he sat on the grass 255 the insects. He learnt a lot of things about these insects and animals.One morning the children were in the secret garden 256 . When BenWeatherstaff arrived, Colin said, “Good morning, Ben. I want you and Dickon and Mary tolisten to me because Fm going to tell you something very 257“I am going to do a scientific experiment ( 实验) He said 258 、 “When I growup, I'm going to make scientific discoveries about 259 and I'm going to start withthis experiment. Do you understand?”Ben n o d d e d , 2 6 0 , he didn't really understand.“I believe that there is magic in 261 continued Colin, 'There is magic inthe garden, too. I am going to try and put some in me because I want to be 262and strong. Tm going to say, “Magic is in me!” And you must say it, too. That is myexperiment. Are you going to help, Ben?”“Yes, sir!” Ben replied.They 263 in a circle. €tNow let's begin,9, said Colin. And they all startedchanting ( 吟唱) .“Magic is in me. Magic is in me. Magic is in all of us.”Then Colin stood up and walked round the garden. He went in front with Dickon on oneside and Mary on 264. Ben walked behind.Colin walked a bit then rested. Then he walked again and rested again. At first he heldDickon's arm then he walked a few steps alone.“I can walk! The magic 2 6 5 ! ” he cried. How amazing! They sang andjumped happily.251.A. redB. purpleC. greenD. blue252.A. smellB. tasteC. soundD. feeling253.A. choicesB. chancesC. changesD. cheers254.A. morningB. afternoonC. eveningD. night255.A. readingB. seeingC. lookingD. watching256.A. than beforeB. as wellC. than usualD. as usual257.A. usualB. importantC. expensiveD. funny258.A. proudlyB. nervouslyC. shylyD. politely259.A. gardensB. magicC. insectsD. animals260.A. thereforeB. moreoverC. howeverD. although 261. A. somethingB. everythingC. somebodyD. everybody262. A. wellB. fatC. goodD. slim263. A. lie downB. sat downC. fell downD. come down264. A. anotherB. the othersC. othersD. the other265. A. madeB. managedC. failedD. worked【 答案】251. C252. A253. C254. A255. D256. D257. B258. A259. B260. C261. B262. A263. B264. D265. D【 分析】Colin不能走路,需要借助轮椅。

      一天他看到了秘密花园的魔力——花园的所有事物会变绿色,然后变成蓝色,然后是紫色,最后会变成红色然后他让Ben、Dickon和 Mary帮助他一起来做一个实验,看是否真的有魔法的存在后来事实证明,这个秘密花园确实有魔力,因为Colin能够站起来走路了251 . 句意:起初一切都变绿了red 红色;purple 紫色;green 绿色;blue 蓝色根据"Then the green changed to colours”可知,一开始变成的是绿色252 . 句意:空气中弥漫着它们的芳香smell 气味;taste 味道;sound 声音;feeling 感觉根据“There were flowersevery where.”可知,空气中散发的是花朵的香味 253 . 句意:他看着变化的发生.choices 选择;chances 机会;changes 变化;cheers 欢呼声根据"Then the greenchanged to colours — blue, purple and red.”可知,Colin 看到的是颜色的变化故选 C2 5 4 .句意:Dickon每天早上把轮椅推到花园里,他 ( Colin)在那里度过「 一天。

      morning 早 上 ; afternoon 下午;evening 晚上;night 夜晚根据"he spent the day there”可知,Colin从早到晚一直待在花园里255 . 句意: 有时他坐在草地上看昆虫reading阅读;seeing看见,强调看的结果;looking看,强调看的动作;watch观察,注视根据“He learnt a lot of things about these insects and animals.“可知,他在草地上观察昆虫256 . 句意:一天早上,孩子们像往常一样在秘密花园里than before 比之前;as well 也:than usual 比平常;as usual 像往常一样根据“WhenBen WeatherstafFarrived, Colin said, ''Good morning, Ben.… ” 可知,Ben 和 Colin 是认识的,可知孩子们之前就在秘密花园因此此处表示像往常一样在秘密花园里故选Do257 . 句意:我想让你、Dickon和 Mary听我说,因为我要告诉你一些非常重要的事情usual通常的;important重要的;expensive昂贵的;funny有趣的。

      下文描述的事情对于 Colin来说很重要,关系到他能否走路258 . 句意:“ 我要做一个科学实验 他骄傲地说proudly 骄傲地;nervously 紧张地;shyly 害羞地;politely 礼貌地根据"When I growup, I'm going to make scientific discoveries”可知,他骄傲地说出自己的理想是长大后有一些科学发现259 . 句意:当我长大后,我将对魔法作出科学发现,我将从这个实验开始gardens 花园;magic 魔法;insects 昆虫;animals 动物根据"I believe that there ismagic”可知,Colin要作出的是关于魔法的科学发现260 . 句意:Ben点点头,然而,他没有真的理解therefore因此;moreover此 外 ; however然 而 ; although尽管分析句子可知,前后是转折关系261 . 句意:“ 我相信一切都有魔力," Colin继续说道something 某事;everything 所有事物;somebody 某人;everybody 每个人根据"Thereis magic in the garden, too.”可知,Colin认为所有事物都有魔力。

      故选B 262 . 句意:我要试着对自己施加魔力,因为我想变得健康强壮well健康;fat肥胖的;good好的;slim瘦的根据“and strong”可知,Colin想让自己变得健康强壮263 . 句意:他们围成一圈坐了下来liedown 躺下;satdown 坐下;fell down 摔倒;comedown 下降根据“Andtheyallstarted chanting ( 吟唱) ” 可知,此句用一般过去时,因此此处表示的是他们围坐成一圈264 . 句意:他走在前面,Dickon在一边,Mary在另一边another另 一 , 又一;the others其余的;others其他人;the other ( 两者中的)另一个根据"Dickon on one side”可知,此处指的是Colin两边的另一边265 . 句意:魔法奏效了!made制造;managed管理;failed失败;worked起作用根据“I can walk!”可知,魔法起作用了As an insurance agent ( 保险代理人) , I have to visit my clients ( 客户) to deal with theirdifficulties. I have an elderly client named Ms Gooden. She is a 266 lady andalways does her best to keep me at her home. One day, as I was leaving, she told me she267 to have some flowers in her yard.Another day, when she went to a doctor, I bought many beautiful flowers. I planted themin her yard 268 she would see beautiful flowers when she looked out the window.The next time I visited her home, she asked if I knew 269 about the flowers. Itold her no. And then we 270 at each other. While I was sitting there, she began totell me about the bees working on the flowers. Some bees even 271 others over theflowers "I don't know why they fight; ' she said. "There are enough flowers for all of them.^^She couldn't stop talking about this new-found 272 in her life.As I was about to leave, I noticed she was so busy watching over her new garden thatshe didn't even try to 273- me from leaving. At that moment, I realized that MsGooden was just 274 . The few dollars that I spent on the Howers were well275 the joy those flowers brought to her face and to my heart.266. A. sweetB. smartC. patient267. A. forgotB. refusedC. wished268. A. unlessB. so thatC. even though269. A. everythingB. anythingC. nothing 270. A. smiledB. shoutedC. stared271. A. stayed withB. talked withC. fought with272. A. joyB. lessonC. difficulty273. A. askB. keepC, send274. A. sickB. proudC. lonely275. A. worthB. filledC. worried【 答案】266. A267. C268. B269. B270. A271. C272. A273. B274. C275. A【 分析】本文讲述了古登女士。

      她是个可爱的女士,总是尽力把作者留在家里一天,她告诉作何她想在她的院子里种些花后来作者给她买些花种在她的院子里她向作者不停地谈论关于花的一些事情作者离开的时候,她正忙着照看她的新花园,没有阻止作者离开那一刻,作者意识到古登女士只是孤独266 . 句意:她是个可爱的女士,总是尽力把我留在家里sweet“ 甜的, 快乐的,可爱的, 温柔的“ ;smart“ 聪明的” ;patient“ 有耐心的工 根据句中“always does her best to keep me at her home.”可知作者认为她很可爱,故选 A267 . 句意:一天,当我要离开的时候,她告诉我她想在她的院子里种些花forgot”忘记,遗忘" ;refused”拒绝,回绝" ;wished" 希望,想 要 根 据 句 中 “have someflowers in her yard'' 可知是希望……;故选Co268 . 句意:我把它们种在她的院子里,这样当她向窗外看的时候,就能看到美丽的花朵unless“ 除非" ;sotha俨因此,以便“ ;even though" 尽管,即使” 根据前后句句意,后句表示结果,此句是结果状语从句,应用so th a t,故选B。

      269 . 句意:下次我去她家时,她问我是否知道这些花的事everything” 所有事物,一 切 anything“ 任何事物” ;nothing“ 没有什么” 此句是if ( 是否)引导的宾语从句,应用anything,故选B270 . 句意:然后我们互相微笑smiled“ 微笑,笑” ;shouted“ 呼喊,叫" ;stared“ 盯着看,凝 视 根 据 上 文 “I told herno”以及她们都知道花的事情,应是彼此微笑,故选A271 . 句意:有些蜜蜂甚至为了花与其他蜜蜂打架stayed with "和. . .待在一起“ ;talked with"与. . .谈话" ;fought with”与. . . . 争斗,与( 某人)打 架 根 据 下 文 “I don't know why they fight”可知此处是与其他蜜蜂打架故选 Co272 . 句意:她禁不住谈论她生活中新发现的快乐joy“ 快乐,喜悦” ;lesson" 课程,课” ;difficulty" 困难,难题工根据"While I was sittingthere,...She couldn^ stop talking about...in her liffe”可知新发现的快乐,故选 A。

      273 . 句意:当我正要离开的时候,我注意到她正忙着照看她的新花园,她甚至都没有阻止我离开ask“ 询问,要求“ ;keep“ 保持,( 使) 处于,继续( 做某事) “ keep sb. fh) m doing阻止某人做某事;send”邮寄,发 送 根 据 句 中 “As I was about to leave, I noticed she was so busywatching over her new garden”可知是没有阻止作者离开,故选B274 . 句意:那一刻,我意识到古登女士只是孤独sick“ 生病的" ;proud“ 自豪的,骄傲的“ ;lonely" 孤独的,寂寞的” 根据上文“As I wasabout to leave, I noticed she was so busy watching over her new garden that she didn't eventry to keep me from leaving”可知古登女士孤独,故选Co275 . 句意:我花在这些花上的几美元是值得的,这些花给她的脸和我的心带来了欢乐worth" 值得的" ;filled“ 充满的, 装满的” ;worried" 担心的, 发愁的” 。

      根据句中“thejoythose flowers brought to her face and to my heart”可知是值得,故选 Ao从每小题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案A group of boys stood around a tree. "How tall the tree is!” they said to each other. 44Itwould be 276 to climb to the top!”The group of boys then decided to play a game to 277 who could climb to the topof the tree first. Their mothers were sitting not far away, looking at their 278 as theyplayed. One of the climbers was an 8-year-old boy named David. He was the shortest child in the group. 279 thought he would win.Then the game started. All of the boys tried their best to climb as fast as they could.Although the other boys climbed faster than David in the beginning, he 280 the topof the tree fastest in the end.His mother was 281 . She asked him, “David, how did you reach the top of thetree so 282 V“It was easy,“ David said. "The other children 283 looking down as theyclimbed. When they realized ( 意识到) how high they were, they were afraid of 284 . 1,however, looked only up. When I saw how close I was, I kept going higher and higher285 I reached the top.”It is true in life that if we just keep going forward without looking back, we are morelikely to reach our goals.276. A. boringB. excitingC. dangerous277. A. believeB. thinkC. see278. A. studentsB. childrenC. teachers279. A. No oneB. SomeoneC , Anyone280. A. got upB. got onC. got to281. A. proudB. worriedC. frightened282. A. carefullyB. quicklyC. slowly283. A. keptB. stoppedC. practiced284. A. taking downB. falling downC. calming down285. A. ifB. afterC. until【 答案】276. B277. C278. B279. A280. C281. A282. B283. A284. B 285. C【 导语】本文通过一群孩子爬树的故事告诉我们,在实现目标的过程中,要一直向前,不要回头,就能实现目标。

      276 . 句意:爬到树顶会很令人兴奋的boring 无聊的;exciting 令人兴奋的;dangerous 危险的,根据“How tall the tree is!'' theysaid t each other”可知,孩子们认为爬上树顶会很令人兴奋的,故选B277 . 句意:然后,这组男孩决定玩一个游戏,看看谁能先爬到树顶believe 相信;think 认为;see 看到,根据“who could climb to the top of the tree first”可知,应该是他们决定玩一个游戏看谁能先爬到树顶,故选C278 . 句意:他们的母亲坐在不远处,看着孩子们玩耍students学生;children孩子;teachers老师,根据"Their mothers”可知,应该是看着她们的孩子玩耍,故选B279 . 句意:没人认为他会赢No one 没有人;Someone 某人;Anyone 任何人,根据"He was the shortest child in thegroup”可知,没人认为David会赢,故选A280 . 句意:虽然开始时其他男孩爬得比David快,但最后他是最快爬到树顶的。

      got up起床;got on上车;got to 到达,根据“the top of the tree”可知,应该是到达树顶,故选C281 . 句意:他的妈妈很自豪.proud 自豪的;worried 担心的;frightened 害怕的,根据"Although the other.......treefastest in the end”可知,David的妈妈很自豪,故选A282 . 句意:D avid,你怎么这么快就爬到了树顶?carefully 认 真 地 ; quickly 快 速 地 ; slowly 缓慢地,根据"he got to the top of the treefastest in the end”可知,David妈妈问David是怎么爬那么快的,故选B283 . 句意:其他孩子往上爬时,一直往下看kept 保持;stopped 停止;practiced 练习,根据“When they realized ( 意识至[! ) how highthey were”可知,其他孩子爬树时,一直往下看,keep doing sth”一直做某事“ ,故选A„284 . 句意:当他们意识到他们爬了多高时,他们害怕掉下来。

      taking down 取下;falling down 掉下来;calming down 冷静,根据"When they realized( 意识到) how high they were”可知,孩子们怕自己掉下来,故选B 2 8 5 .句意:我一直越爬越高,直到到达树顶if 如果;after 在. . .之 后 ; until 直至! 根据"I kept going higher and higher"和“I reachedthe top”可知,越爬越高直到到达树顶,故选CIt is important to exercise your brain. For example, you 286 do new things andchange your daily habits. If you walk a different way to school or take a different bus, you287 your brain active. You can try to memorize 288 new. You can try aMaths puzzle. You can also try to learn new skills or study a foreign language. Your brain getslots of regular exercise if you do any of these things.If you live a healthy life, your memory will work 289 . You must have abalanced diet. You must give your brain enough time to rest. 290 you get enoughsleep every night, you will not remember things well.286. A. willB. canC. used toD. have to287. A. keepB. are keepingC. have keptD. will keep288. A. anythingB. somethingC. nothingD. everything289. A. betterB. bestC. the bestD. good290. A. IfB. WhenC. BecauseD. Unless【 答案】286. B287. D288. B289. A290. D【 分析】文章讲述了锻炼大脑提高记忆力的方式方法。

      286 . 句意:例如,你可以做新的事情,改变你的日常习惯will将 会 ; can可以;used将过去常常; have to 不得不;根据“you...do new things andchange your daily habits”可知, 此处指的是" 你可以. . . " , 应用c a n ,故选B287 . 句意:如果你走不同的路去学校或坐不同的公共汽车,你的大脑会保持活跃keep保持,动词原形;are keeping保持,现在进行时结构;have kept保持,现在完成时结构;will keep 保 持 , 一般将来时结构; 根据"If you walk a different way to school ortake a different bus...”可知,句子是“i『引导的条件状语从句,时态遵循“ 主将从现” 的原则,主句应用一般将来时,故选D 288 . 句意:你可以试着记住一些新的东西anything任何东西;something一些东西;nothing没有东西;everything一切;句子是肯定句,表示“ 一些新的东西” ,应用something,故选B289 . 句意:如果你过着健康的生活,你的记忆力会更好。

      better 更好;best 最好;the best 最好;good 好的;根据“If you live a healthy life, yourmemory will work...”可知,此处指的是“ 记忆会更好” ,隐含着比较的意思,应用比较级,故选A290 . 句意:除非你每晚都有足够的睡眠,否则你将记不清事情If 如果;When 当. . .时;Because 因为;Unless 除非;根据“you get enough sleep everynight, you will not remember things well.”可知,此处是假设的条件关系,表达的是“ 除非,如果不" ,应 用 unless引导条件状语从句,故选D阅读下面短文,掌握大意,然 后 从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项A boy and his family left their country because of war. They lived in a small room. Theyhad no toys or books, and only 291 food. One night, Father went to the market tobuy 292 . When he came home, it was nearly dark. He carried a long roll of paperunder his arm.“I bought a map." He said happily.“ 293 is the bread?^^ Mother asked. “I bought a map.^^ He said again.Mother and the boy said 294 .“I had enough money to buy only a small piece of bread, and we would still be295 Father said, feeling very sorry.“No dinner tonight/9 Mother said 296 . "We'll have the map instead.^^ The boywas very angry, but he had to go to bed hungrily.The next day, Father 297 the large map. The map was so large that it took upthe whole wall. Their dark room was full of 298 .“What a colorful map!” It surprised the boy and made him very 299 it. So hebegan to spend long hours looking at it and studying it carefully and drawing on any smallpiece of paper that he 300 find. He learned many different names of places on the map. He even traveled to faraway countries without 301 the room.The boy landed in deserts. He ran on beaches. He climbed snowy mountains. He sawbirds singing on the top of temples. He went 302 forests with lots of fruit trees,eating as many fruits as he liked. He drank fresh water and 303 under tall trees. Hecame to a city of tall buildings and counted thousands of windows, falling asleep304 he could finish.So he spent many hours far, far away from his hunger and 305 days. Heunderstood that his father was right at last.291. A. a littleB. littleC. a fewD. few292. A. paperB. fruitC. breadD. water293. A. WhichB. HowC. WhoseD. Where294. A. anythingB , everythingC. nothingD. something295. A. poorB. hungryC. excitedD. great296. A. confidentlyB. correctlyC. successfullyD. sadly297. A. asked forB. put upC. put awayD. thought of298. A. colorB・ placesC. lightD. toys299. A. famous forB. interested inC. ready forD. careful with300. A. shouldB. wouldC. couldD. might301. A. movingB. losingC. leavingD. closing302. A. acrossB, nearC. throughD. behind303. A. climbedB. arrivedC. restedD. grew304. A. beforeB. afterC. whenD. as305. A. hardB. freeC. differentD. common【 答案】291. A292. C293. D294. C295. B296. D297. B298. A 299. B300. C301. C302. C303. C304. A305. A【 导语】本文讲述作者的父亲没有买面包,而是买了一幅地图,让作者受益良多。

      291 . 句意:他们没有玩具和书,只有一点食物a little一点,少许,修饰不可数名词;little几乎没有,修饰不可数名词;a few几个,一些,修饰复数名词;few几乎没有,修饰复数名词fbod”是不可数名词,句子表示一点食物,用' 食加" 292 . 句意:一天晚上,父亲去市场买面包paper 纸张;fruit 水果;bread 面包;water 水根据"I had enough money to buy only asmall piece ofbread”可知,父亲去市场买面包,用名词“bread”故选Co2 9 3 .句意:“ 面包在哪里? ” 妈妈问which 哪一个;how 如何,怎样;whose 谁的;where 在哪根据"Father went to themarket to buy bread”可知,句子表达面包在哪里,用“where”294 . 句意:母亲和男孩什么也没说anything 任何事;everything一切;nothing 没有事;something 某事根据"He saidagain”和“feeling very sorry”可知,母亲和男孩什么也没说。

      用表示否定意义的不定代词“nothing”故选 C295 . 句意:“ 我有足够的钱只买一小块面包,我们仍然会饿,” 父亲说,感到非常抱歉poor贫 穷 的 ; hungry饥饿的;excited感到兴奋的; great伟大的根据“I had enoughmoney to buy only a small piece of bread"和后文"he had to go to bed hungrily'' 可知,句子表达他们仍然会饿296 . 句意:“ 今晚不吃晚饭,” 妈妈悲伤地说confidently 自信地;correctly 正确地;successfully 成功地;sadly 悲伤地根据“Nodinner tonight”可知,没有晚饭吃,应该是悲伤地2 9 7 .句意:第二天,父亲贴上了大地图 asked for请求,寻求;put up张 贴 ; put away放好;thought of想到,认为根据“Themap was so large that it took up the whole wall”可知,父亲贴上了大地图,用动词短语“put up”故选 B298 . 句意:他们黑暗的房间充满了色彩。

      color 颜色, 色彩;places 地方;light 光线;toys 玩具根据"What a colorfill map”可知,彩色的地图让房间充满了色彩用名词“color”299 . 句意:“ 好一张彩色地图! ” 这让男孩很惊讶,也让他对它很感兴趣famous for 因. . .著名;interested in 对. . .感兴趣;ready for 为. . .做准备;carefulwith 小心对待根据“he began to spend long hours looking at it and studying it carefullyand drawing on any small piece of paper”可知,他对这张地图很感兴趣用短语"interested in”故选 B300 . 句意:所以他开始花很长时间看它,仔细研究它,并在他能找到的任何一张小纸上画画should 应该;would 将;could 能够;might 可以根据“drawing on any small piece ofpaper”可知,句子表达“ 能够” ,句子是过去时,用“could”。

      故选C301 . 句意:他甚至没有离开房间就去了遥远的国家moving 移动;losing 丢失;leaving 离开;closing 关闭根据“He learned many differentnames of places on the map”可知,句子表达没有离开房间就能在地图上去了遥远的国家用动名词“leaving”302 . 句意:他穿过有许多果树的森林,吃他喜欢吃的水果across穿过,从物体表面穿过;near靠近;through通过,穿过,从为了内部穿过;behind在. . .后面根据“forests”可知句子表达从树林内部穿过,用“through”故选Co303 . 句意:他喝了淡水,在高大的树下休息climbed 爬;arrived 到达;rested 休息;grew 成长根据“He drank fresh water"和"undertall trees”可知,句子表达在树下休息一下用动词“rested”304 . 句意:他来到一座高楼林立的城市,数了数成千上万扇窗户,还没等他数完就睡着了before在. . .以前;after在. . . . 以后;when当. . . . 的时候;as尽管,因为。

      he couldfinish完成'发生在“falling asleep入睡” 之前,用连词“before”引导时间状语从句故选Ao3 0 5 .句意:所以他花了很多时间远离饥饿和艰难的日子 hard困难的,艰难的;free自由的;different不同的;common共同的,普通的根据“far away from his hunger”可知,句子表达他花了很多时间远离饥饿和艰难的日子,用形容词“hard”阅读下面的短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可填入空白处的最佳选项,使短文意思完整When I was about 12 years old, I really wanted a new bike! I told my parents mybirthday 306 , but I knew there was little hope because my family could 307 havethat money.On my birthday my parents told me they had my 308 outside in the back yard. Atonce ( 马上) I 309 out quickly to the yard. There was my bike, 310 it wasn't thebike that I thought it would be. This one was pink, old and worn ( 破旧的) with age. Howdisappointing ( 失望) it was! I thought I hurt ( 伤害) my parents' 311 because I could seedisappointment 312 their faces, and I was sure they could see it on mine. Although I was313 I got on the old bike and rode it. Also, I put on a smile ( 微笑) , rode as 314 as Icould and didn't look back.As time went by, I began to understand ( 明 白) my parents gave me 315 much morethan just a rusty ( 生锈的) old bike. They gave me a life lesson about 316 . By now, I stillremember this 317 because giving a gift is not about money. Ifs about 318 love youcan feel from it. So, when you get a gift from someone, never mind 319 it is. Doremember, the value ( 价值) of a gift that costs two dollars isn't 320 than that of a giftcosts one hundred dollars, or even more.306. A. foodB. lessonC. wishD. word307. A. hardlyB. quicklyC. slowlyD. easily308. A. guitarB. giftC. cakeD. card309. A. ranB. rodeC. climbedD. took310. A. andB. orC. butD. because311. A. feelingsB. hopesC. ideasD. wishes312. A. onB. inC. atD. for313. A. surprisedB. excitedC. happyD. sad314. A. fasterB. fastestC. much fasterD. fast315. A. anythingB. nothingC. somethingD. everything316. A. loveB. moneyC. friendshipD. future 317. A. ideaB. newsC.informationD.story318. A. how manyB.how muchC.how longD.how often319. A. whereB.whyc.whenD.what320. A. moreB.mostc.lessD.least【 答案】306. C307. A308. B309. A310. C311. A312. A313. D314. D315. C316. A317. D318. B319. D320. C【 分析】这篇短文讲述的是作者在自己生日的时候想要一辆自行车,但是作者家庭贫困,父母给他买了一辆旧的自行车。

      一开始作者感觉很失望,但随着时间的推移,作者明白了这个礼物包含着父母对他的爱,爱是无价的306 . 句意:我告诉了我的父母我的生日愿望food 食物;lesson 课;wish 愿望;word 话语根据"told my parents my birthday”可知,告诉父母自己的生日愿望,故选C307 . 句意:我把我的生日愿望告诉给了我的父母,但是我知道那几乎没有什么希望,因为我的家庭不可能有那么多钱hardly几 乎 不 ; quickly快速地;slowly慢地;easily容易地根据句中but表示转折和下文的文意可知,作者的父母买不起新的自行车故这里选择否定意思的hardly,故选 Ao 308 . 句意:在我生日那天,我的父母告诉我他们把我的生日礼物放在了外面的后院里guitar 吉他;gift 礼物;cake 蛋糕;card 卡片根据"On my birthday"和下文"There wasmy bike,"可知,父母给作者一辆自行车作为生日礼物,故选B309 . 句意:我马上快速跑到院子里ran 跑;rode 骑;climbed 爬 ; took 带走根据"my parents told me they had my…outsidein the back yard”可知,作者的父母把生日礼物放在了后院,作者马上跑出去看生日礼物是什么,故选A。

      310 . 句意:那里是我的自行车,但是却不是我想要的那种自行车and和,而且;or或者;否则;but但是;because因为前后文是转折的关系,故选Co311 . 句意:我想我伤害了父母的感受,因为我看到了他们脸上的失望feelings 感受;hopes 希望;ideas 想 法 ; wishes 愿望根据"1 could seedisappointment…their faces”可知,伤害了父母的感受,故选A312 . 句意:我想我伤害了父母的感受,因为我看到了他们脸上的失望on在. . .上面;in在. . . . 里面;a t在具体时刻或地点;for为了,因为根据“their伉 ces”可知,这里指“ 在脸上” ,故选A313 . 句意:虽然我很伤心,但我还是骑上了那辆自行车surprised感到吃惊的;excited激动的,兴奋的;happy开心的;sad伤心的根据上文“it wasn't the bike that I thought it would be”可知,作者的父母送给了他一辆很破旧的自行车,所以他感到伤心314 . 句意:我还面带微笑,骑得飞快,没有回头faster更快;fastest最快;much faster更 快 ; fast快速。

      as...as中间接副词原级, 故选D„315 . 句意:随着时间的推移,我明白了我的父母给我不仅仅是一辆生锈的旧的自行车anything 任何事;nothing 没什么事;something 某事;everything 每件事根据"I beganto understand ( 明白) my parents gave me ...much more than just a rusty ( 生锈的) old bike”可知,父母给我的是比一辆自行车多的某样东西,故选C316 . 句意:他们给我上了一节关于爱的课love 爱;money 钱;friendship 友 谊 ; future 未来根据"love you can fbel from it”可知,这个礼物包含着父母对作者的爱,故选A 317 . 句意:到现在我仍然记得这个故事,因为送礼物不仅仅是关于钱idea想法,主意;news新闻,消息;information信息;story故事根据文意可知,作者讲述了他过生日父母送给他一辆旧自行车的故事318 . 句意:它是关于你能从中感受到多少爱how many多少,修饰可数名词;how much多少,修饰不可数名词;how long多长时间;how often多久一次,提问频率。

      根据空后的love可知,这里表示“ 多少爱” ,修饰不可数名词,故选B319 . 句意:所以当你从别人那里收到礼物的时候,不要介意它是什么where在哪里;why为什么;when什么时候;what什么根据句子结构可知,这里是一个宾语从句,从句中缺少表语,故选D320 . 句意:记住,一件两美元的礼物并不比一件花费一百美元的礼物便宜,甚至更多more更多的;most最多的;less更少的;least最少根据空后的than可知,这里应用比较级,先排除B 和 D根据“ …or even more”可知,花钱少的礼物并不比花钱多的礼物的价值更低,故选CIf you are going to apply for a job. Be prepared for the kinds of interviews you canexpect. One type of interviews is the telephone interview. Here are some tips for telephoneinterviews:32j the questions. Before the interview, guess and write down the questionsyou might be asked. Practice the answers orally until you are 322 yourself. Thequestions can be about your working experiences, skills and achievements.Keep your notes handy. Have any key information next to the p h o n e , 323your notes about the company and the questions you have prepared for. Then you can easilyget the information you need. In this way, you will sound more prepared.Avoid 324 topics. When you are asked how much money you would expectmonthly, it's not wise if you give no response. But it's not right to give an exact number atonce. Try to be open to discussion, so you'd better say something like, "If this is the right jobfor me, I believe we can come to an agreement on pay.”Push for a face-to-face meeting. At the end of the interview, don't forget to sell yourself.You can say something like, “I am very interested in working in your company. If possible I'dbe really 325 to see some of your managers. I am free either Tuesday afternoonor Wednesday morning. Which would be better fbr you?” Try to rearrange surprise interviews. If you receive an interview call without yourexpectation, you can 326 ask them to arrange another time for the interview, soyou can be better prepared. Try something like, am sorry but I can't do it right now. Can Icall you back tomorrow after work at 6 p.m.?”After the telephone interview, only a few are left for face-to-face interviews, so getprepared and good luck!321. A. ProcessB. PredictC. ProveD. Pretend322. A. strict withB. serious aboutC. satisfied withD. familiar with323. A. in additionB. besideC. except forD. including324. A. wealthB. salaryC. valueD. occupation325. A. happyB. surprisedC. embarrassedD. bored326. A. angrilyB. friendlyC. politelyD. suddenly【 答案】321. B322. C323. D324. B325. A326. C【 分析】本文主要介绍面试的技巧。

      321 . 句意:预测问题Process 加工;Predict 预测;Prove 证明;Pretend 假装根据"Befdre the interview, guessand write down the questions you might be asked.”可知,此处指在面试之前先预测可能会被问到的问题322 . 句意:口头练习答案,直到你对自己满意为止strict with 对. . .严 格 ; serious about 对. . . . 认真;satisfied with 对. . . . 满意;familiarwith 对. . .熟悉根据“Practice the answers orally until you are...yourself.“可知,止 匕 处 指一直练习到自己满意为止323 . 句意:在旁边有任何关键信息,包括你关于公司的笔记和你准备的问题in addition 除. . .之 外 ; beside 在. . . . 旁边;except for 除了 ; including 包括根据“Have any key information next to the phone...your notes about the company and the questions you have prepared for.“可知,此处指关键信息包括公司的笔记和准备的问题。

      故选Do324 . 句意:避免谈论薪资话题wealth 财产;salary 薪资;value 价值;occupation 工作根据"When you are asked howmuch money you would expect monthly, iVs not wise if you give no response.”可知,止 匕 处 与薪资有关325 . 句意:如果可能的话,我真的很高兴见到你们的经理happy高兴的;surprised惊讶的;embarrassed尴尬的;bored厌倦的根据“I am veryinterested in working in your company. If possible I'd be really...to see some of yourmanagers.”可知,此处指可以见到经理会很高兴326 . 句意:如果你在没有预料到的情况下接到面试,你可以礼貌地要求他们安排另一个时间进行面试,这样你就可以做好更好的准备angrily生气地;friendly友好的;politely礼貌地;suddenly突然地根据“ask”可知,此处应用副词修饰动词,指礼貌地要求对方。

      故选CAccording to a report, museums across China welcomed more than 1.1 billion visitors in2 0 1 9 . 3 2 7 do Chinese people have such a great interest in visiting museums?First of all, people can visit most museums without 3 2 8 . The governmenthopes that people will slowly develop the habit of visiting museums after experiencing329 services. People don't need to spend 330 and this may makethem become fans of museums.Museums can improve their services by communicating with visitors. As well asnecessary shows, many museums also try to 331 more special exhibitions ( 展览)to meet people's needs for culture.Second, museums work to introduce exhibitions of different characteristics ( 特色) . Forexample, there are exhibitions on the 332 of ethnic minorities ( 少数民族) andthe development of modern science.In recent years, as there are more and more amazing exhibitions with rich and colorfulthings, a larger number of young people fall in love 333 museums.Last but not least, thanks to the development of 334, people can visit moremuseums o n l i n e . 335 museums to the "cloud“ has become the developing trendof museums in recent years. Last year, COVID-19 helped 336 the digitization process ( 数字化进程) ofmuseums, with having online exhibitions becoming the main way for museums to providecultural services.327.A. WhyB. WhenC. WhatD. Where328.A. takingB. payingC. cheatingD. recording329.A. lessB. harderC. smallerD. better330.A. timeB. moneyC. goldD. life331.A. introduceB. copyC. returnD. drop332.A. matchesB. pricesC. culturesD. alarms333.A. ofB. upC. withD. from334.A. educationB. technologyC. kindnessD. stress335.A. MovingB. AdvisingC. MarkingD. Giving336.A. copyB. competeC. stopD. develop【 答案】327. A328. B329. D330. B331. A332. C333 . C334. B335. A336. D【 导语】本文是一篇说明文,介绍中国人喜欢博物馆以及近年来博物馆的变化和发展。

      327 . 句意:为什么中国人对参观博物馆有如此大的兴趣?Why为什么;When何时;What什么;Where哪里根据后文内容可知,是介绍中国人对参观博物馆有如此大的兴趣的原因,所以是问为什么328 . 句意:首先,人们可以免费参观大多数博物馆taking 拿;paying 付款;cheating 欺 骗 ; recording 记录根据“First of all, people can visit most museums without...”可知,是免费参观博物馆,故选B329 . 句意:政府希望人们在体验了更好的服务后,慢慢养成参观博物馆的习惯less 更少;harder 更 难 ; smaller 更 小 ; better 更好根据“The government hopes thatpeople will slowly develop the habit of visiting museums after experiencing...services." nJ知,体验更好的服务有助于养成参观博物馆的习惯330 . 句意:人们不需要花钱,这可能会使他们成为博物馆的粉丝time时间;money金钱;gold黄金;life生活。

      前文提到可以免费参观博物馆,所以是不花钱,故选B331 . 句意:除了必要的展览外,许多博物馆也试图引入更多的特殊展览来满足人们的文化需求introduce介绍, 引进;copy复制, 抄袭;return归 还 ; d ro p 卜降根据"many museumsalso try to...more special exhibitions ( 展览) to meet people's needs fbr culture”可知,是弓I 进特殊展览来满足人们的文化需求,故选A332 . 句意:例如,有少数民族文化和现代科学发展的展览matches 比 赛 ; prices 价格;cultures 文化;alarms 闹钟根据"there are exhibitions onthe... of ethnic minorities”可知,是少数民族文化,故选C333 . 句意:近年来,随着丰富多彩的展览越来越多,越来越多的年轻人爱上了博物馆of.......的;up 向 上 ; with和;from从fall in love with“爱上" ,固定短语,故选C334 . 句意:最后但并非最不重要的是,由于技术的发展,人们可以在网上参观更多的博物馆。

      education 教育;technology 技术;kindness 善意;stress 压力根据"Last but not least,thanks to the development of..., people can visit more museums online.”可知, 可以在网上参观博物馆是由于技术的发展,故选B335 . 句意:博物馆向“ 云' ' 移动已成为近年来博物馆的发展趋势Moving 移 动 ; Advising 建议;Marking 做记号;Giving 给根据" … museums to the'cloud' has become the developing trend of museums in recent years”可知,博物馆向“ 云”移动成为近年来博物馆的发展趋势,故选A336 . 句意:去年,新冠肺炎疫情推动博物馆数字化进程,网络展览成为博物馆提供文化服务的主要方式copy复制,抄袭;compete竞争;stop停 止 ; develop发展根据"COVID-19helped...the digitization process ( 数字化进程) of museums”可知,新冠肺炎疫情推动博物 馆数字化进程,故选D。

      When I was in university, I was very fat. I thought that nice clothes looked very337 on me. I tried many ways to lose weight( 重量) , but all of them didn't work. Iwas very 3 3 8 . I started to stay at home and I avoided ( 避免) going out with myfriends. Slowly I became quiet and lonely. However, I changed my mind when my friendstook me to a 339 one night. My friends all went to dance, but I thought I wouldlook funny if I danced, so I sat in the corner of the hall and 340 the others dancehappily.fct_____341_____ do you stay here?" Don't you like dancing?,, a girl next to measked. 4tI like it, but I…" But you can't, right?" the girl asked 342 I couldfinish my words.44 You are right,“ I answered. I was happy that the girl helped me find a3 4 3 . “You can ask your friends to teach you she said, "I am too fat. I won'tlook nice if I dance,v I said. Hearing this , the girl said sadly, "There are many things wecan change in life. Don't let your shape ( 身材)344 your life. You should bethankful that you have a 345 body. How I wish that I could dance like you!” Itwas then that I found the girl 346 in a wheelchair ( 轮椅) . At that time I felt Iwas very lucky. Then I stood up and danced with my friends.337. A. uglyB. perfectC. dirtyD. beautiful338. A. h叩pyB. tiredC. interestedD. worried339. A. meetingB. partyC. showD. match340. A. helpedB. heardC. watchedD. hoped341. A. HowB. WhatC. WhenD. Why342. A. afterB. ifC. beforeD. unless343. A. resultB. programC. reasonD. question344. A. stopB. enterC. improveD. influence345. A. rightB. healthyC. differentD. special346. A. lyingB. sittingC. standingD. dancing【 答案】337. A338. D339. B340. C 341. D342. C343 . C344. D345. B346. B【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文,作者因为身材不好不敢跳舞,但是一个坐在轮椅上的女孩告诉作者不要让身材影响了生活,作者改变了之前的想法,勇敢站起来去跳舞。

      337 . 句意:我认为漂亮的衣服穿在我身上都很丑ugly丑陋的;perfect完美的;dirty脏的;beautiful美丽的根据“I was very fat."可知我认为我很丑338 . 句意:我很焦虑happy高兴的;tired劳累的;interested有兴趣的;worried担忧的;根据“I tried manyways to lose weight( 重量) , but all of them didn't work."可知,我尝试很多方式减肥,但是没有用,我很焦虑339 . 句意:然而,一天晚上当我一个朋友带我去一个派对的时候,我改变了我的想法meeting 会议;party 派对;show 节目;match 比赛根据" My friends all went to dance^^可知,朋友带我去了一个派对340 . 句意:我的朋友们都去跳舞了,但我想如果我跳舞,我会看起来很滑稽,所以我坐在大厅的角落里,看着其他人快乐地跳舞helped 帮 助 ; heard 听 到 ; watched 观 看 ; hoped 希望根据"but I thought I would lookfunny if I danced, so I sat in the comer of the hall”可知,这里表示我坐在角落看别人跳舞。

      故选C341 . 句意:你为什么待在这儿?how如何;what什么;when什么时候;why为什么结合语境,可知作者没有去跳舞,这个女孩在问不去跳舞的原因342 . 句意:我还没来得及说完,女孩就问道after在. . .之 后 ; if如果;before在. . . . 之前;unless除非根据T like it, but I.… '' 可知,我没说完话,那个女孩子就问我了343 . 句意:我很高兴那个女孩帮我找到了理由 result 结果;program 节目;reason 原因,理由;question 问题根据上文”...doyou stayhere?",女孩子问作者为什么不去跳舞,女孩子的回答,让作者觉得这是个不去跳舞的好理由344 . 句意:不要让你的身材影响你的生活stop 停止;enter 进入;improve 改善;influence 影响根据"'I am too fat. I won5t looknice if I dance/ I said."以及"Don't let your shape ( 身材) … yourlifb.”可知,这里表示不要让身材影响想要去跳舞。

      故选D345 . 句意:你应该感激你有个健康的身体right 正确的; healthy 健 康 的 ; different 不 同 的 ; special 特殊的根据“It was then that Ifound the girl...in a wheelchair ( 轮椅) . At that time I felt I was very lucky. Then I stood upand danced with my friends.”可知,女孩坐在轮椅上,作者身体很健康,这里应该表示“ 感激你有个健康的身体工故选B346 . 句意:就在这时候,我发现女孩坐在轮椅上lying 躺下;sitting 坐下;standing 站立;dancing 跳舞根据"the girl...in a wheelchair( 轮椅) ” 可知,这个女孩子坐在轮椅上Jim, a successful businessman, shared the experience of his childhood with others.When he was 12 years old, his parents 347 . He was alone and didn't get onwell with 348 . People always laughed 349 him. No one wanted to showkindness to him. His only friend was a 350 named Tige.One day as he walked down the street, a young lady was walking in front of him.Suddenly one of her bags dropped from her arms. As she stopped to 351 、 shedropped other bags. He came to help her. "Thank you, dear! You are a nice little boy" she saidkindly.A 352 feeling came to him. These were the first kind words he had353 heard. He watched her 354 she went far away, and he whistled to hisdog and went to the river nearby.“Thank you, dear! You are a nice little boy!” he repeated the woman's words. Then in alow 355 he said to his dog, “You are a nice little dog! ” Tige raised its356 as if it understood.Finally, he got to the river and looked at himself in it. He saw 357 but a dirtyboy. He washed his face 3 5 8 . He looked again and saw a clean nice boy.After telling this, the businessman stopped for a while, and then he said, “Ladies and gentlemen, this is the very place where that kind woman planted in me the 359seed of kindness. All of us should 360 the power of kindness”. If you show yourkindness to others, you will grow 36] an able man.347. A. leftB. missedC. diedD. disappeared348. A. each otherB. anotherC. the otherD. others349. A. atB. toC. withD. for350. A. pigB. dogC. mouseD. cat351. A. pick it upB. look it upC. turn it upD. look it over352. A. specialB. terribleC. awfulD. interesting353. A. justB. alreadyC. everD. never354. A. untilB. beforeC. afterD. when355. A. soundB • noiseC. cryD. voice356. A. noseB. earsC. tailD. feet357. A. somebodyB. everybodyC. anybodyD. nobody358. A. happilyB. carefullyC. quietlyD. quickly359. A. firstB, secondC. nextD. last360. A. talk aboutB. think aboutC. learn aboutD. write about361. A. toB. asC. forD. against【 答案】347. C348 . D349. A350. B351. A352. A353. C354. A355. D356. B357. D358. B359. A 360. C361. B【 导语】本文讲述了成功商人Jim 的故事。

      Jim 从小父母双亡,没有人善待他,但从一个女士对他表现出善意的那一天开始,他开始了新生活这个故事告诉我们要善待别人347 . 句意:在 他 12岁的时候,他的父母死了left 离 开 ; missed 思念;died 死亡;disappeared 消失根据"When he was 12 years old,his parents...”和“He was alone”可推知,他的父母过世了348 . 句意:他独自一人,和别人相处得不好each other互相;another另一个;the other ( 两者中的)另一个;others其他人/ 物根据“No one wanted to show kindness to him.“可知,他和其他人相处得不好349 . 句意:人们总是嘲笑他at 在;to 朝;with 和;for 为了根据“People always laughed … him.”可知,laugh atsb.“ 嘲笑某人” 350 . 句意:他唯一的朋友是一只名叫Tige的狗pig猪;dog狗;mouse老 鼠 ; cat猫根据"he whistled to his dog”可知, 他唯一的朋友是一只狗。

      故选B351 . 句意:当她停下来捡起它的时候,另一个包掉了下来pick it up 捡起;look it up 查找;turn it up 调大;look it over 查找根据“one of her bagsdropped fiwn her arms”可知,女士的包掉了,所以她会停下来捡包352 . 句意:一个特别的感觉涌向他special特别的;terrible糟糕的;awful让人讨厌的;interesting有趣的根据“Thesewere the first kind words he had… heard." 可知, 这是Jim第一次感受到他人的善意,这种感觉对他而言是一种特别的353 . 句意:这是他生平第一次听到亲切的话just 刚才;already 已经;ever 曾经;never 从未根据“These were the first kind words”可知,他曾经听别人说过很多话,但这位年轻女士的话让他感受到了善意3 5 4 .句意:他看着她直到她走远until直到;before在. . .之前;after在. . . . 之后;w hen当. . . . 的时候。

      根据“Hewatched her.. .she went far away”可知,Jim 一直看着这位女士直到她走远3 5 5 .句意:然后低声的对着他的狗说:“ 你是一个不错的小狗!” sound声 音 ; noise噪音;cry哭 泣 ; voice嗓音根据空前的“low”可知, 此处是压低了声音,应用voice356 . 句意:Tige竖起了它的耳朵,仿佛它明白了nose 鼻子;ears 耳朵;tail 尾巴;feet 脚根据“he said to his dog, 'You are a nice littledog!, 可 知 , Jim 对着Tige说话,Tige竖起了它的耳朵,仿佛听懂了357 . 句意:他只看到一个肮脏的男孩somebody 某人;everybody 每人;anybody 任何人;nobody 没有人根据“but a dirtyboy”可知,Jim什么人也没看见,只看到了他自己358 . 句意:他认真地洗脸happily高兴地;carefully认真地;quietly安静地;quickly迅速地根据“a dirty boy”和下文“ a clean nice boy”可. 知,他认真地洗脸。

      故选B359 . 句意:女士们,先生们,就是在这个地方那个善良的女人在我心里种下了第一颗善良的种子first 第一;second 第二;next 接下来;last 最后根据上文“These were the first kindwords he had…heard.”可知,女士的话语第一次给Jim种下了善意的种子3 6 0 .句意:我们所有人应该了解到善良的力量talk about 谈论;think about 认为;learn about 了 解 ; write about 写根据上下文可知,正是善良给了 Jim 积极面对人生的力量,所以我们所有人都应该了解到这种力量是非常巨大的3 6 1 .句意:如果你向他人表达善意,你将会成长为一个有能力的人to 朝;as 作为;for 为了. . .; against 反对根据“If you show your kindness to others,you will grow…an able man.”可知,如果你向他人展示善良,那你将会作为一个有能力的人而成长起来Once a man lost his umbrella. He put an advertisement in the 362 、 but withoutresults. So one day he came to one of his 363 . a merchant( 商人) , for help. Hisfriend 364 him how he had written the advertisement. The man gave it to him,“Lost at the London Church a black 365 . Whoever finds it and returns it will366 ten pounds." His friend had put a great number of advertisements innewspapers because of his business. He thought the style of writing was of great importance.So he helped him to write in another way. The next day, this advertisement 367 inthe newspaper: "If the man who was seen to take an umbrella from the London Churchdoesn't want to 368 trouble, he will return it to No. 20 Broad Street.” The next morning, the man was very 369 to see in front of the door370 twelve umbrellas of all sizes and colors. His umbrella was also among them.Many of them had notes, which said they had been taken by 37] and asked theman not to say anything about the umbrella.362. A. InternetB.newspaperC. bookD. notebook363. A. teachersB.studentsC. friendsD. classmates364. A. toldB.spokeC. askedD. said365. A. giftB.bagC. computerD. umbrella366. A. receiveB. acceptC. buyD. give367. A. readB.appearedC. disappearedD. came368. A. get alongB.get upC. get ontoD. get into369. A. surprisedB.sleepyC. boredD. sad370. A. at mostB.no more thanC. not more thanD. at least371. A. mistakeB.purposeC. himselfD. herself【 答案】362. B363. C364. C365. D366. A367. B368. D369. A370. D371. A【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文,讲述了一个人丢了雨伞,他在报纸上登广告找并承诺给报酬,但没找回来;于是他向一个商人朋友求助,朋友帮他重新修改了广告。

      结果第二天他惊讶地发现门前摆了至少12把各种尺寸和颜色的雨伞这个故事告诉我们做事情的方法很重要3 6 2 .句意:他在报纸上登了一则广告Internet 网络;newspaper 报纸;book 书;notebook 笔记本根据下文“His friend had put a great number of advertisements in newspapers…''可知,他在报纸上登了 一则广告故选Bo363 . 句意:所以一天他去向他的一个朋友,一个商人求助teachers 老师;students 学生;friends 朋友;classmates 同学根据后一句"His friend”可知,此处指他的朋友之一364 . 句意:他的朋友问他广告是怎样写的told告诉;spoke说( 某种语言) ;asked询问;said说,讲根据“His fHend…him how hehad written the advertisement.”可知,他的朋友应该是问他广告是怎样写的365 . 句意:丢失在伦敦教堂的一把黑伞gift 礼物;bag 包;computer 电 脑 ; umbrella 雨伞。

      根据上文“Once a man lost hisumbrella.”可知,男人丢的是一把伞366 . 句意:找到并归还的人将得到10英磅的报酬receive 收至lj ; accept 接受;buy 买;give 给根据“Whoever finds it and returns itwill...ten pounds."可知,谁找到了雨伞,将得到10英磅的报酬367 . 句意:第二天,这则广告出现在了报纸上read 读;appeared 出现;disappeared 消失;came 来根据“The next day, thisadvertisement…in the newspaper”可知,这则广告第二天就出现在报纸上了368 . 句意:如果那个被人看到从伦敦教堂拿伞的人不想惹麻烦的话get along进展, 相处;get up起 床 ; get onto上车;get into陷入根据“trouble”可知,get into trouble表示“ 陷入麻烦” ,固定短语369 . 句意:第二天早上,男人很惊讶地看到门前至少有十二把各种尺寸和颜色的雨伞suiprised惊讶的;sleepy困倦的;bored无聊的;sad伤心的。

      根据“the man wasvery... to see in front of the door... twelve umbrellas of all sizes and colors”可知, 看至!J f J 前摆着各种尺寸和颜色的雨伞,男人应该很惊讶370 . 句意:第二天早上,男人很惊讶地看到门前至少有十二把各种尺寸和颜色的雨伞at most 至 多 ; no more than 仅仅;not more than 不超过;at least 至少根据“twelveumbrellas of all sizes and colors”可知,应该是至少十二把各种尺寸各种颜色的雨伞故选 D371 . 句意:它们中的许多都有便条,便条上写着它们是被错拿的,并要求男人不要说任何关于雨伞的事 mistake 错误;purpose 目的;himself 他自己;herself 她自己根据“Many of them hadnotes, which said they had been taken by...”可知,很多雨伞都是错拿的by mistake 表示“ 错误地;由于差错” ,固定短语I walked along the sea for about an hour until I began to feel hungry. It was seven. Bythat time, I was not far from a favorite restaurant of mine, where I often went to eat two orthree times a week. I knew the owner well.I went into the restaurant, which was already crowded, and ordered my meal. While Iwas waiting, I looked 372 to see if I knew anyone in the restaurant. Then I saw a mansitting at a comer table near the door keeping looking in my direction, as if he knew me. Icertainly didn't know him, for I 373 forgot a face. The man had a newspaper open infront of him. But I could see that he was keeping an 374 on me. When the waiterbrought my soup, the man was clearly puzzled ( 迷惑) by the familiar ( 熟悉) way that thewaiter and I called each other. He became even 375 puzzled as time went on. He couldsee that I was well 376 in the restaurant. At last he got up and went into the kitchen.After a few minutes he came out again, 377 for his meal and left.When I had finished, I called the owner of the restaurant over and asked him 378the man had wanted. The owner told me he was a detective ( 侦探) . “ReaHy?” I was surprised.“He was certainly 379 in me. But why?^^ I asked. 44He followed you here because hethought you were a man he was looking 380 Jthe owner said. "When he came into thekitchen, he showed me a photo of the wanted man. He certainly looked like you! Of course,since we know you here, I told him that he had made a mistake." It's 381 I came to arestaurant where I am known, or I might have been arrested( 逮捕) !372. A. forB. atC.aroundD.like373. A. usuallyB. everC.alwaysD.never374. A. orangeB.armc.appleD.eye375. A. muchB.morec.tooD.so376. A. takenB.madec.knownD.brought377. A. paidB. payingc.spentD.cost378. A. thatB.whatc.whenD.which379. A. interestedB.interestingc.worriedD.sure380. A. upB.likec.atD.for381. A. badB. goodc.luckyD.best 【 答案】372. C373. D374. D375. B376. C377. A378. B379. A380. D381. C【 导语】本文是一篇记叙文,主要介绍一日作者在外散步,饥饿难忍,走进一家常去的餐馆,用餐时发现自己被人盯梢,原来那人是侦探,作者被误认为是他要跟踪的人。

      幸好作者来到一家他认识的餐馆,否则自己可能会被逮捕372 . 句意:在我等待的时候,我环顾四周看在餐馆里是否有我认识的人look fbr”寻找“ ;look at"看" ;look around"环顾四周" ;look like"看起来像" 根据" 看是否有认识的人” 可知," 环顾四周' ' 符合语境373 . 句意:我确定不认识他,因为从来没有忘记一张面孔usually“通常" ;ever“曾经" ;always" 总是“ ;never“ 从不for表原因,前后句为因果关系,应为“ 从来没有忘记一张面孔” 374 . 句意:但我能看到他一直在盯着我orange"橘子" ; arm"胳膊" ;apple" 苹果" ;eye"眼睛" keep an eye on”注意; 留意根据后文这位男士很迷惑可知,他在盯着我看375 . 句意:随着时间的推移,他更困惑了much"很多" ;more“更. . . " :too"太" :so"如此" 根据句意可知,前后对比, 需用比较级puzzled的比较级形式为more puzzled376 . 句意:他能看到我在这个餐馆被( 大家)知道taken“ 带走” ;made" 制作“ ;known“ 知道” ;brought“ 带来” 。

      根据前文“ 我跟服务员很熟悉” 可知,我在这个餐馆被大家知道377 . 句意:几分钟后,他再次出来,付了饭钱后离开了paid" 支付" ;paying" 支付" ;spent" 花费” ;cost"花 费 pay for" 为……支付” ; 排 除 C、 D 项文章为一般过去时,故选A378 . 句意:当我吃饭后,我打给饭店的主人并且问他这个男士想要什么tha俨那个“ ;what“ 什么” ;when“ 什么时候" ;which" 哪一个L根据句子结构可知,考查宾语从句的引导词结合句意,应为“ 想 耍 什 么 故 选 B379 . 句意:他真的对我很感兴趣interested“ 感兴趣的“ ;interesting“ 有趣的" ;worried“ 担心的" ;sure“ 确定的” 根据后文“He followed you here”可知,他对我感兴趣,interested用来修饰人,interesting修饰物380 . 句意:他跟随你到这儿因为他以为你是他要找的人look up”向上看; 查阅" ;look like"看起来像" ;look at"看” ;look for"寻 找 根 据 句 意可知, 这个男士跟随他,“ 寻找” 符合语境。

      故选D381 . 句意:幸运的是我来到了一个我被知道的饭店,否则我可能被逮捕bad“ 坏的" ;good“ 好的" ;lucky“ 幸运的" ;best“ 最好的” 根据前文“ 他弄错了” 可知,我很幸运Once there were two neighbors living next to each other. One of them was a teacher andthe other was a doctor. They planted different 382 in their gardens. The teachergave a little water to his plants and didn't always give 383 care to them, while theother neighbor gave a lot of water to his plants and looked after them very carefully.The teacher's plants were simple 384 looked good. The doctor's plants weremuch fuller and greener, they also grew 385 . One night, there was a heavy rain. Thenext morning, both of them came out to their gardens. The doctor's plants were completelydestroyed ( 被破坏) , the teacher\ plants still looked good.The doctor was 386 to see that. He went to the teacher and asked, "I387 about my plants better than you did, and even gave them more water. How isthat possible?^^The teacher smiled and said, “You gave your plants more attention ( 关注) and water,they didn't need to work by themselves, you made it easy for them. While I gave them just alittle water and let their roots ( 根) 388 more. Because of that, their roots went389 and that made their position ( 位置) stronger.^^Children are like plants. If parents 390 them everything, they will not learn towork alone. Sometimes it's best to guide them 391 giving them. Teach them howto walk, but let them follow their path ( 道路) . 382. A. flowersB. treesC. vegetablesD. plants383. A. mainB.fullC. honestD. slow384. A. andB.orC. butD. so385. A. badlyB. rapidlyC. slowlyD. suddenly386. A. satisfiedB. excitedC. surprisedD. moved387. A. caredB. heardC. talkedD. threw388. A. care forB.wait forC. leave forD. search for389. A. deeperB.olderC. softerD. higher390. A. showB. cookC. offerD. buy391. A. in the face of B. instead ofC. because ofD. in control of【 答案】382. D383. B384. C385. B386. C387. A388. D389. A390. C391. B【 导语】本文讲述了一个老师和一个医生都在花园里种了植物,医生对这些植物照顾的非常好,而老师只是给它们浇一点水。

      后来一场暴风雨之后,医生的植物被连根拔起,而老师的却没有医生很惊讶,老师对医生说:我只是给了它们适量的水,让它们的根主动寻找更多的水,这样,它们的根才会长得更强壮,扎得更深382 . 句意:他们在花园里种了不同的植物flowers 花;trees 树;vegetables 蔬菜;plants 植物根据"The teacher gave a little waterto his plants”可知种了不同的植物383 . 句意:老师只给他的植物少量的水,并没有给予充分的照顾,而另一个邻居给他的植物大量的水,并照顾他们非常仔细main 主要的;full 充分的;honest 诚实的;slow 慢的根据"didn't always give ... care to them”可知没有给予充分的照顾384 . 句意:老师种的植物虽然简单,但看起来不错and和;o r否则;but但是;so 因此 简单” 与“ 看起来很好” 之间出现转折,用 but表转折385 . 句意:医生种的植物更饱满更绿,也长得很快badly 严重地;rapidly 快速地;slowly 缓慢地;suddenly 突然根据“The doctor's plantswere much fuller and greener”可知医生的植物看起来也很好,应是长得也快。

      故选B386 . 句意:医生看到这很惊讶satisfied 满意的;excited 兴奋的; surprised 惊讶的;moved 感动的根据“How is thatpossible?”可知医生觉得自己照顾得更好,但他的植物被毁了老师的却完好,对此感到惊讶387 . 句意:我比你更关心我的植物,甚至给它们更多的水cared 关心;heard 听到;talked 谈论;threw 扔根据"while the other neighbor gave a lotof water to his plants and looked after them very carefUHy”可知医生更关心自己的植物,care about”照 顾 故 选 A388 . 句意:而我只给他们一点水,让它们的根寻找更多care for 关心;wait for 等待;leave for 动身去;search for 寻找根据"While I gave themjust a little water”可知给的水少,需要植物的根自己寻找更多389 . 句意:正因为如此,它们的根更深,地位更稳固deeper更深的;older更年长的; softer更软的;higher更高的。

      根据“that made theirposition stronger”可知根扎得更深,位置才更稳固390 . 句意:如果父母为他们提供一切,他们不会学会独自工作show 展示;cook 烹 饪 ; offer 提供;buy 买根据“they will not learn to work alone”可知父母为孩子提供r 一切,孩子们才无需独立工作故选c 391 . 句意:有时候,最好是引导他们,而不是给予他们in the face of 面对;instead of 代替,而不是;because of 因为;in control of 控制根据“Teach them how to walk, but let them follow their path.”可知要引导他们,而不是给予他们阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从每题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中,选出能填入短文相应空白处的最佳选项One day, a boy had a fight with one of his classmates. Then he went to his grandfatherand told him his story 392 . “He is really bad" the boy said, “and I hate him.^^ The grandfather said, "Let me tell you a story. When I was a boy, too, sometimes I hatedothers for what they did. But hate will make you feel 393 . It doesn't hurt yourenemy but only hurt 394As the boy 395 carefully, the grandfather went on, “There are always twotigers inside my heart. One is 396 and kind. He gets on well with everything aroundhim. But the other is bad and unfriendly. He is full of 397 . Even the smallest thingwill make him angry. He fights with everyone all the time, and for no 398 . He can'tthink carefully because he always hates others. It is 399 to live with these two tigersinside my heart. They both try to control me.^^The boy looked into his grand鱼 ther's eyes and asked, “Which tiger always controls you,grandfather?^The old man said slowly in a 400 voice, uThe one that I feed. I always feed thegood and kind tiger, so I never hate others and 401 get angry now.^^392. A. happilyB. softlyC. angrily393. A. happyB. tiredC. interested394. A. myselfB. yourselfC. himself395. A. listenedB. feltC. talked396. A. dirtyB. lazyC. good397. A. angerB. hopeC. fear398. A. moneyB. timeC. reason399. A. necessaryB. difficultC. important400. A. sadB. seriousC. shy401. A. alwaysB. sometimesC. seldom【 答案】392. C393. B394. B395. A396. C397. A398. C399. B 400. B401. C【 导语】本文向我们讲述了一个男孩的故事。

      男孩和同学打架,爷爷对他进行开导和教育392 . 句意:然后他去找他的爷爷,生气地告诉爷爷他的故事happily 开心地;softly 温柔地;angrily 生气地根据上文“One day, a boy had a fightwith one of his classmates.”可知,男孩和同学打架,所以应是“ 生气地' ’ 和爷爷讲故选Co393 . 句意:但是憎恨会让你感到疲惫happy开心的;tired疲惫的;interested感兴趣的根据下句心t doesn't hurt your enemybut only hurt… . ” 可知,此处说它没有伤到你的敌人而是你自己,可推测“tired”符合语境394 . 句意:它不会伤害你的敌人,只会伤害你自己myself 我自己;yourself 你自己;himself 他自己结合“It doesn't hurt your enemy butonly hurt...”可知,此处是没有伤到你的敌人,敌人的对立面是“ 你 自 己 故 选 B395 . 句意:男孩仔细听着,爷爷接着说listened听;felt感觉;talked谈论根据上文“Let me tell you a story.”可知, 爷爷讲故事,因此是认真的“ 听 故 选 A。

      396 . 句意:一只老虎是好的,善良的dirty脏的;lazy懒 的 ;good好的根据后面“and kind”可知,and前后是并列关系,与“kind”对应的是good" 好 的 故 选 C397 . 句意:他充满了愤怒anger 愤怒;hope 希望;fear 害怕根据上文“But the other is bad and unfHendly.”可知,但另一个是坏的和不友好的,因此这里是是充满了“ 愤怒” 398 . 句意:他总是无缘无故地和每个人打架money 钱;time 时间;reason 原因根据“ Even the smallest thing will make him angry.”和“He can't think carefully because he always hates others.“可知,他总是讨厌别人,所以常无缘无故地打架399 . 句意:心里住着这两只老虎生活是很难的necessary 必要的;difficult 困难的;important 重要的根据下句“They both try to control me.”可知,此处说他们都想控制我,因此和两只老虎住在一起很" 难故选Bo400 . 句意:老人用严肃的声音慢慢地说。

      sad 伤心的;serious 认真的;shy 害羞的根据“The old man said slowly in a…voice.“可知,应该是‘ 认真的” 声音慢慢地说401 . 句意:我总是喂好和善良的老虎,所以我从不恨别人,现在很少生气always 总是;sometimes 有时;seldom 很少根据"so I never hate others and...get angrynow.”可知,现在我从不憎恨别人,应该是“ 很少” 生气My grandparents had five children. Aunt Pat was the 402 . Her brothers andsisters liked the little sister very much.My aunt Pat was very close to my mother 403 my mother cared about ( 关心)her more. She bought my mother presents every holiday. They 404 everythingthey had. In the evening, they always had long 405 on the phone.At the age of 20, Aunt Pat got her first 406 in a middle school. She taughtEnglish and was good with her students. She was very 407 in the school. But AuntPat didn't like the job. She 408 almost all her free time traveling. Five years later,she left and became a writer because she was 409 in writing.I met Aunt Pat fbr the first time when I was 8. She had no children but she lovedchildren very much. My mother thought it would be better for Aunt Pat to live with a410 . Just as my mother thought, Aunt Pat tried her best to make me live411 . 1 had the best time in life with her.Unluckily, Aunt Pat lost her life in a car accident I'll never forget my kind and friendlyaunt.402. A. youngestB.longestC .biggestD.hardest403. A. tillB. becauseC .butD.if404. A. describedB. raisedc.lostD.shared405. A. ideasB.wishesc.talksD.novels406. A. jobB. hopec.areaD.notebook407. A. primaryB. popularc.carelessD.common408. A. touchedB.waitedc.spentD.chose409. A. naturalB. differentc.usualD.interested 410. A. child B. friend C. doctor D. worker411. A. carefully B. comfortably C. certainly D. cheaply【 答案】402. A403. B404. D405. C406. A407. B408. C409. D410. A411. B【 导语】本文主要讲述了作者的阿姨相关信息。

      4 0 2 .句意:帕特阿姨是最小的youngest最年轻的;longest最长的;biggest最大的;hardest最艰难的根据“Herbrothers and sisters liked the little sister very much.”可知,Aunt Pat 年纪最小故选 Ao4 0 3 .句意:我的阿姨帕特和我的母亲非常亲密,因为我的母亲更关心她till 直 到 ;because 因为;but 但是;if 如果根据"my mother cared about ( 关心)hermore.”可知,前后是因果关系404 . 句意:她们分享所有的东西described 描述;raised 提高;lost 丢 失 ;shared 分享根据"She bought my motherpresents every holiday.”可知,彼此分享故选 D405 . 句意:晚上,他们总是在里长谈ideas注意;wishes希望;talks谈话;novels小说根据“on the phone”可知,谈话时间很长406 . 句意:2 0 岁时,帕特阿姨在一所中学找到了第一份工作job 工 作 ;hope 希 望 ;area 区 域 ;notebook 笔记。

      根据“She taught English and was goodwith her students.”可知,第一份工作在学校407 . 句意:她在学校很受欢迎primary小学的;popular受欢迎的;careless粗心的;common平常的根据“She taught English and was good with her students.”可知,在学校很受欢迎故选 B408 . 句意:她几乎把所有的空闲时间都花在了旅行上touched 碰触;waited 等待;spent 花费;chose 选择根据“almost all her free timetraveling”可知,spend sth doing sth”花费时间做某事“ 故选Co409 . 句意:五年后,她离开了学校,成为了一名作家,因为她对写作感兴趣natural 自然;different 不同;usual 寻常的;interested 感兴趣根据“became a writer”可知,对写作感兴趣,be interested in”对. . . 感兴趣“ 410 . 句意:我母亲认为帕特阿姨最好和一个孩子住在一起。

      child 儿童;friend 朋友;doctor 医生;worker 工作者根据“Just as my mother thought,Aunt Pat tried her best to make me live”可知,和孩子住在一起故选 A411 . 句意:正如我母亲所想的那样,帕特阿姨尽她最大的努力让我生活得舒适,我和她在一起度过了一生中最美好的时光carefully 仔 细 ; comfortably 舒服地;certainly 当然地; cheaply 便宜地根据"I had thebest time in life with her.”可知, 使我住的舒服阅读下面短文,从短文后所给的四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项One sunny Sunday, I decided to go for a walk with my husband. I was wearing a specialdiamond ring that day. It was my first birthday gift from my grandmother.As we were walking in the park, I looked down at my hand and found the 412on my ring was missing. I was really 413 . so I went back to look for it. I knew howsmall the chance was of finding it, but I still wanted to have a try.As I was fixing my eyes on the ground, I 414 an old gentleman by accident."What's the matter, love?” he asked nicely.“Sorry that I ran into you,^^ I said. " 415 I lost something. I'm really worried.^^ Iexplained about the missing diamond.“That's not going to be 416 to find it," he said. "I take a walk here every day. Iwill keep my eyes open for it," I thanked him, expecting 417 . However, a few dayslater, my husband and I met the old man again in the park.“Guess what,“ he said. "I found your diamond!”I couldn't believe 418 I saw when the gentleman handed the diamond back tome. The old man could have easily kept the diamond or 419 it, as it's worth severalthousand dollars. But he didn't.Now thanks to this man, Til spend more time trying to do something equally nice for 420 people. All I have to do is to look 421 my ring and remind myselfthat there are still kind and generous souls out there.412. A. letterB. postC. giftD. diamond413. A. cheerfulB.upsetC. excitedD. funny414. A. ran intoB. ran afterC. ran awayD. ran out415. A. soB. thoughC. butD. because416. A. difficultB.simpleC. relaxD. easy417. A. nothingB.somethingC. everythingD. anything418. A. howB.whatC. whenD. who419. A. lentB.borrowedC. soldD. bought420. A. otherB.anotherC. the otherD. others421. A. upB.inC. outD. at【 答案】412. D413. B414. A415. C416. D417. A418. B419. C420. A421. D【 导语】本文主要讲了一位女士和丈夫一起散步时丢了一枚戒指,那是她祖母送的生日礼物。

      在寻找时,撞到了一位老先生,她向老先生解释她丢了钻石这位老先生最后帮助她找了钻石,作者不甚感激,她总是看着戒指,提醒自己,善良处处都在,以后花更多的时间去做一些这样的善事4 1 2 .句意:当我们在公园里散步时,我低头看了看自己的手,发现戒指上的钻石不见了letter 信;post 邮件;gift 礼物;diamond 钻石根据"I explained about the missingdiamond.”可知是钻石丢了 413 . 句意:我真的很难过,所以我回去找它cheerful 高兴的;upset 难过的;excited 兴奋的;funny 有趣的根据“I looked down atmy hand and found the ... on my ring was missing”可知丢了东西很难过故选 B414 . 句意:当我盯着地面看的时候,我偶然撞到了一位老先生ran into 撞到;ran after 追赶;ran away 逃离;ran out 耗尽根据"Sorry that I ran intoyou”可知是撞到了一位老先生415 . 句意:“ 很抱歉撞到你了,” 我说。

      但我失去了一些东西我真的很担心so 因此;though尽管;bul但是;because因为根据“ 很抱歉撞到你了“ 与后文解释自己遇到的事情之间句意出现转折,用 but符合语境416 . 句意:他说:“ 要找到它并不容易difficult 困难的;simple 简单的;relax 放松;easy 容易的根据“I take a walk here everyday. I will keep my eyes open for it.”可知老先生觉得一时半会找不到,由此可知要找到钻石不容易417 . 句意:我谢了他,没有期待什么nothing没有什么;something某事,某物;everything一切;anything任何事物根据“However”可知老先生帮忙找到钻石是作者没有期望的418 . 句意:当那位先生把钻石还给我时,我简直不敢相信我所看到的how如何;what什么;when何时;who谁saw后缺少宾语,此处表示看到的内容,用 what引导宾语从句419 . 句意:老先生本可以很容易地保存或卖掉钻石,因为它值几千美元lent 借出;borrowed 借入;sold 卖出;bought 买。

      根据"as it's worth several thousanddollars”可知老先生本可以卖掉钻石换钱420 . 句意:现在多亏了这个人,我将花更多的时间为其他人做同样好的事情other其他的,后接可数名词复数;another另一,后接可数名词单数;the other两者中的另一个;others其他人或物根据“people”可知用other符合语法要求421 . 句意:我所要做的就是看着我的戒指提醒自己,世界上还有善良慷慨的灵魂look up 查阅;look in 顺便访问;look out 当心;look at 看根据“remind myself thatthere are still kind and generous souls out there”可. 知是看着钻石来提醒自己故选 DA poor farmer had a friend. 422 was famous for the wonderful apples he grew.One day, his friend gave the farmer a young 423 tree and told him to take ithome and plant it. The farmer was pleased with the gift. 424 、 when he got home, hedid not know where to plant it. He was 425 . He thought if he planted the tree near the road, strangers wouldsteal the fruit. If he planted the tree in one of his fields, his 426 would come at nightand steal some of the apples. If he planted the tree near his house, his children would take thefruit.Finally he planted the tree in the big 427 so that no one could see it. But therewere too many big trees around the small tree. 428 enough sunlight and good soil, itsoon died.The friend became very 429 . He asked the farmer why he had planted the treein such a poor place. "What's the 430 ?” the farmer said angrily. t6If I had plantedthe tree near the road, strangers would have stolen the fruit. If I had planted the tree in one ofmy fields, my neighbors would have come at night and stolen some of the apples. If I hadplanted it near my house, my own children would have taken the fhiit.”“Yes," said the friend, t6but at least 43j could have enjoyed the fruit. Nowyou not only have robbed ( 抢夺) everyone of the fruit, but also you have destroyed ( 摧毁) agood apple tree!,,422. A.ItB.HeC. She423. A.appleB.orangeC. strawberry424. A.SoB.BecauseC. However425. A.happyB.worriedC. excited426. A.wifeB.friendsC. neighbors427. A.forestB.gardenC , bedroom428. A.ForB.WithC. Without429. A.angryB.nervousC. interested430. A.sameB.wrongC. difference431. A.nobodyB.someoneC. everyone【 答案】422. B423. A424. C425. B426. C427. A 428. C429. A430. C431. B【 导语】本文通过苹果树的故事告诉我们在人生中要学会与人分享,只有与人分享我们才能获得真正的幸福和快乐。

      422 . 句意:他以自己种的好苹果而闻名It它;He他;She她根据“...apples he grew.”可知, 此处是指" 他” , 用 he423 . 句意:一天,他的朋友送给农夫一棵小苹果树,并告诉他把它带回家种植apple 苹果;orange 桔子;strawberry 草莓根据前面“ …was famous for the wonderful叩pies he grew.”可知,此处是送给农夫一棵小苹果树424 . 句意:然而,当他回到家时,他不知道该把它种在哪里So所以;Because因为;However然而根据前文说送给他一棵小苹果树,后面说不知道种在哪儿,前后是转折关系,所以用however425 . 句意:他很担心happy 高兴的;woiTied 担心的;excited 兴奋的根据“He thought if he planted the treenear the road, strangers would steal the fruit. If he planted the tree in one of his fields...”可知,此处是说他很担心426 . 句意:如果他把树栽在自己的一块地里,他的邻居晚上就会来偷苹果。

      wife 妻 子 ; friends 朋友;neighbors 邻居根据后文“If I had planted the tree in one of myfields, my neighbors would have come at night and stolen some of the apples”可知是邻居晚上会来偷苹果427 . 句意:最后,他把树栽在大森林里,这样就没有人能看到它了forest 森林;garden 花园;bedroom 卧室根据"But there were too many big trees aroundthe small tree.”可知,小树周围有太多的大树,所以是森林428 . 句意:没有足够的阳光和良好的土壤,它很快就死了For为了; With带有;Without没有根据“ …it soon died”可知,是没有足够的阳光和良好的土壤才会死429 . 句意:朋友很生气angry生气的;nervous紧张的;interested有趣的根据前文说苹果树死了及“He askedthe fanner why he had planted the tree in such a poor place.“可知,朋友很生气。

      故选 A 430 . 句意:有什么区别?same 相同的;wrong 错误的;difference 不同的根据后文“If I had planted the tree nearthe road, strangers would have stolen the fruit. If I had planted...would have taken the fruit.,,可知是问有什么区别431 . 句意:但至少有人可以享用这些水果nobody没人;someone某人,有人;everyone每个人,所有人根据后文“ …couldhave enjoyed the fruit”及前面的“at least”可知,此处是表达“ 至少有人可以享用这些水果“ ,指不确定的某人可以享用THE PINK DRESSThere was this little girl sitting by herself in the park. Everyone passed by her and neverstopped to see why she looked so sad. Dressed in a worn pink dress, the girl just sat andwatched the people go by. She never tried to speak. She never said a word. For as we allknow, a park full of 432 people is not a place for young children to play alone.One day I decided to make my own move and walked over to the little girl. She wasthere and still with the same sad 433 in her eyes. I could see she was in a humpedover form. I thought that was the reason people just passed by and made no effort to speak toher.As I 434 closer, the little girl lowered her eyes slightly to avoid my eyes. Ismiled to let her know it was OK; I was there to help, to talk. I sat down beside her andopened with a simple “Hello."The little girl acted shocked, and said a "hi," after a long stare into my eyes. I smiled andshe shyly smiled back. We talked until darkness fell and the park was 435 . 1 askedthe girl why she was so sad.The little girl looked at me with a sad face and said, "Because, I'm different.”I said, “That you are!^^ and smiled.The little girl acted even sadder and said, “I know.”“Little girl," I said, "you remind me of an angel, sweet and innocent.^^She looked at me and 436 . then slowly she got to her feet and said, “Really?”“Yes, you're like a little Guardian Angel sent to 437 all those people walkingby.”She nodded her head yes, and smiled. With that she opened the back of her pink dressand allowed her wings to spread, then she said "I am. I'm your Guardian Angel“ with a twinkle in her eye.I was speechless—sure I was seeing things. She didn't have a hump at all, and she was abeautiful angel.She said. "For once you thought of someone other than yourself. My job here is done.^^432.A. dangerousB.strangeC. difficultD. foreign433.A. lookB. wordC. meaningD. answer434.A. keptB. ranC. stayedD. got435.A. emptyB.darkC. quietD. noisy436.A. criedB.answeredC. smiledD. stopped437.A. pull overB.get overC. watch overD. turn over【 答案】432. B433. A434. D435. A436. C437. C【 分析】本文主要讲述了作者在公园遇到的残疾女孩,没有人注意她,作者为了鼓励她,说她是天使,实际上她正是一个守护神,只有心里相信有天使的人才能看见她。

      4 3 2 .句意:一个满是陌生人的公园不是小孩子独自玩耍的地方dangerous 危险的;strange 陌生的; difficult 困难的;foreign 外国的根据“not a placefor young children to play alone”可知,有陌生人的公园不适合小孩子独自玩耍,故选Bo433 . 句意:她还在那儿,眼睛里仍然带着同样的悲伤look 样子;word 单词;meaning 意思;answer 回答根据“with the same sad...in hereyes”可知,眼里有同样的悲伤,故选A434 . 句意:当我走近时,小女孩微微垂下眼睛避开我的目光kepi 保持;ran 跑;stayed 保持;got 得到根据“As I closer, thelittle girl lowered her eyes slightly to avoid my eyes”可知, 当作者走得离女孩更近时, 小女孩避开作者的目光,get close“ 接近” ,故选D4 3 5 .句意:我们一直聊到天黑,公园里空无一人 empty 空的;dark 黑暗的;quiet 安静的;noisy 吵闹的。

      根据“We talked until darknessfell”可知,天黑公园里空荡荡的,故选A4 3 6 .句意:她看着我笑了cried哭;answered回答;smiled微笑;stopped停止听到作者安慰的话,小女孩笑了,故选Co4 3 7 .句意:是的,你就像一个小守护天使被派来守护所有路过的人pull ovei•靠边停车; get over 克服;watch over 守护;turn over 移交给根据"you'relike a little Guardian Angel sent to ... all those people walking by”可知,天使是来守护人们的,故选COne day, Sally got into a fight with one of her classmates. Then she went home and toldher mother her story. t4I don't want to make friends with Alice any more. She is too bad, I hateher.^^ The girl said 438 .The mother listened to Sally carefully, then she said in a soft voice, tcMy dear, let me tellyou a story of 439 . When I was young, it was 440 for me to be angry. As aresult, it just made me feel 441 . Do you know why?^^Sally looked at her mother's eyes and shook( 摇) her head.The mother 442 explaining, “ 443 nobody wants to make friends withpeople who get angry easily. I realize I must learn to 444 myself. I tell myself to countfrom 1 to 10 every time I get angry. I try my best to get on with 445 around me. And Ifind it happy for me to do nice things for people. I make a lot of good friends.,,“Mom, I'm wrong. 446 should I do?” Sally asked.“I guess you could tell her to say sorry so that you can be friends again." replied themother.“Thanks for your _447Sally said happily.438.A. luckilyB.happilyC. angrily439.A. mineB.yoursC. his440.A. easyB.difficultC. strong441.A. aloneB.lonelyC. nervous442.A. allowedB. continuedC. imagined443.A. AlthoughB.InsteadC. Because444.A. argueB. controlC. communicate445.A. someoneB.no oneC. everyone 446. A. WhyB. WhatC. When447. A. adviceB. feelingC. spirit【 答案】438. C439. A440. A441. B442. B443. C444. B445. C446. B447 . A【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      文章主要讲述Sally的妈妈通过自己的一个小故事教育Sally经常生气的人是会没有朋友的,让她意识到不能轻易生气438 . 句意:女孩生气地说luckily 幸运地;happily 开心 地 ; angrily 生气地根据前文"I don't want to make friendswith Alice any more. She is too bad, I hate her."可知女孩认为 Alice 太坏了 不想跟她做朋友,由此可推测女孩应该是生气的439 . 句意:亲爱的,让我给你讲一个我的故事吧mine我的东西;yours你的东;his他的东西根据后文“When I was young...”可知这里应该是Sally妈妈的故事440 . 句意:当我年轻的时候,我很容易生气easy 简单的;difficult 困难的;strong 强壮的根据下文“nobody wants to make friendswith people who get angry easily...! tell myself to count from 1 to 10 every time I get angry.”可知妈妈让自己每次生气的时候都数十秒是因为没有人会想和一个轻易生气的人做朋友的。

      上下文联系可知,妈妈以前是个容易生气的人441 . 句意:结果,这让我感到孤独alone 独自;lonely 孤独的;nervous 紧张的根据“nobody wants to make friends withpeople who get angry easily”可知没有人愿意和一个轻易生气的人做朋友,所以以前经常生气的妈妈应该是没有朋友感到孤单的 442 . 句意:妈妈继续解释allowed允许;continued继续;imagined想象根据上下文妈妈一直在说话可知此处应为继续向我解释443 . 句意:因为没有人想和容易生气的人交朋友Although 尽管:Instead 而不是;Because 因为根据下文“body wants to make friendswith people who get angry easily. I realize I must learn...”可知就是因为没人愿意和容易生气的人交朋友所以妈妈才意识到要改变的444 . 句意:我意识到我必须学会控制自己argue 争论;control 控制;communicate 交流根据后文“I tell myself to count from 1 to10 every time I get angry. I try my best to get on with...”可知这里都是妈妈作出的改变,她学会了控制自己的情绪。

      故选B445 . 句意:我尽我最大的努力与我周围的每个人相处someone 某人;no one 没有人;everyone 每个人根据“I tell myself to...I make a lot ofgood friends."可知这里是妈妈作出的改变,最终交到了很多好朋友,所以前文应该是尽力跟每个人相处446 . 句意:我应该做什么?Why为什么;What是什么;When什么时候根据下文回答“I guess you could...repliedthe mother."可知这里是对上文问题的回答,所以上文问的应该是做什么4 4 7 .句意:谢谢你的建议advice建议;feeling感觉;spirit精神根据"I guess you could...”可知上文是妈妈给出的建议,所以此处应该是感谢妈妈的建议Do you know 448 to do sports? You may think it's a funny question. Doeseveryone know how to play sports in right ways? I don't think so. Here is some advice. Forsports, morning is a 449 time than evening. Doing 450 before you work orstudy will make you excited all day. If you do lots of sports before you go to 451 . youwill find it's 452 to fall asleep ( 入 口 垂 ) . And also, don't do sports after dinner at once.It's bad for your 453 . Do a warm-up before doing sports and don't 454 withhard sports. The good sports for the young and the old are 455 . For example, running456 isn't good fbr old people. Try to choose right time to 457 right sports.It will make you healthy.448. A. why B. what C. where D. how449. A. good B. better C. well D. best 450. A. homeworkB. readingC. sportsD. shopping451. A. schoolB. bedC. churchD. university452. A. easyB. interestingC. importantD. difficult453. A. lifeB. studyC. healthD. work454. A. talkB. playC. workD. start455. A. differentB. usefulC. sameD. good456. A. slowlyB. quicklyC. carefullyD. early457. A. doB. takeC. useD. work【 答案】448. D449. B450. C451. B452. D453. C454. D455. A456. B457. A【 分析】本文就如何运动给我们提了几点建议。

      448 . 句意:你知道怎么做运动吗?why 为什么;what 什么;where 哪里;how 怎样根据"You may think ifs a funnyquestion. Does everyone know how to play sports in right ways? I don't think so. Here issome advice.”可知,此处应该是你知道怎么做运动吗?故选D449 . 句意:对于体育运动来说,早上比晚上好good好的;better较好的;well好;best最好的由 than可知,此处需用形容词的比较级450 . 句意:在工作或学习之前做运动会让你整天兴奋homework 作业;reading 阅读;sports 运动;shopping 购物根据"befbre you work orstudy will make you excited all day.”可知,做运动会让你整天兴奋故选Co4 5 1 .句意:如果你在睡觉前做很多运动,你会发现很难入睡 school学校;bed床;church教堂;university大学根据"fall asleep ( 入睡户可知,此处是 go to bed上床睡觉。

      故选B452 . 句意:如果你在睡觉前做很多运动,你会发现很难入睡easy容易的;interesting有趣的;important重要的;difficult困难的由生活常识可知,大量的运动之后很难入睡453 . 句意:这对你的健康有害life 生活;study 学习;health 健康;work 工作根据"And also, don't do sports afterdinner at once.”可知,饭后不能马上运动,这对健康是有害的454 . 句意:在做运动之前做一个热身运动,不要从剧烈运动开始talk说话;play玩;work工 作 ; start开始根据"don't…with hard sports.”可知, 不要从剧烈运动开始455 . 句意:对年轻人和老年人来说好的运动是不同的different 不同的;useful 有用的;same 相同的;good 好的根据“the young and the old”可知,年轻人和老年人的运动是不同的456 . 句意:例如,跑得快对老年人不好slowly慢速地;quickly迅速地;carefully小心地;early早期的由常识可知跑得快对老年人不好。

      故选B457 . 句意:试着选择正确的时间做正确的运动do 做;take 拿;use 使用;work 工作根据"Try to choose right time to ...right sports."可知,此处是选择正确的时间做正确的运动,do sports做运动,固定搭配请认真阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项I used to feel hopeless and frustrated ( 沮丧) . Last year my mother became 458 illand had an operation on her brain. I felt my whole world turn upside down and I had no459 what I could do to help her to reduce her pain. My eyes were 460 withtears whenever I was alone.Last month I 461 a watch, which was an 18-year-old birthday gift from myfather. I could not fall asleep for a couple of nights because I felt 462 about the loss.There have been many bad things like these in my life. I could never know how to dealwith such 463 things until I read "If You Have a Lemon, Make a Lemonade“ by theAmerican writer Dale Carnegie. When the wise man is handed a lemon, he says, "What464 can I get from this? How can I improve my situation? How can I turn this lemon into a lemonade?”I suddenly 465 that life is full of ups and downs, so I need to stay positive ( 乐观的) all the time. Now when I think of my past, I wish I could have done with things466 . When my mother was fighting against her illness, I should have held her handsin mine, telling her things would get better 467 hiding and crying.Several weeks ago, I took part in a school singing competition. I didn't 468 aprize. If I had not read this article, I would certainly have felt 469 again. Butinstead, I smiled after the competition. I was happy that 470 I had got some stageexperience.Life is not just a bed of roses. There are thorns ( 刺)4 7 1 , but these thornshelp us become brave and strong. When life 472 us a lemon,1et's try to make alemonade.458. A. exactlyB. seriouslyC. possiblyD. hardly459. A. hopeB. wonderC. ideaD. problem460. A. fullB. filledC. setD. careful461. A. receivedB. soldC. fixedD. lost462. A. weakB. comfortableC. angryD. teiTible463. A. easyB. hardC. boringD. meaningful464. A. lessonB. lemonadeC. decisionD. reason465. A. realizedB , thoughtC. wonderedD. guessed466. A. silentlyB. differentlyC. easilyD. suddenly467. A. because ofB. except forC. instead ofD. away from468. A. expectB. missC. winD. refuse469. A. sadB. proudC. excitedD. wise470. A. at onceB. at timesC. at lastD. at least471. A. tooB. eitherC. alsoD. though472. A. showsB. makesC. givesD. sends【 答案】458. B459. C460. B461. D 462. D463. B464. A465. A466. B467. C468. C469. A470. D471. A472. C【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      介绍了作者因为母亲生病等一系列不好的事情发生,自己变得非常沮丧当读到卡耐基的文章后,作者明白了要保持乐观的心态458 . 句意:去年我妈妈病得很严重脑部做了一个手术exactly精准地;seriously严重地;possibly有可能地;hardly几乎不根据本句“Lastyear my mother became...ill and had an operation on her brain."可知,妈妈脑部做了手术,应该是病情很严重,故选B459 . 句意:我感到我整个世界都坍塌了,根本不知道我该做些什么来减少她的痛苦hope希望;wonder想知道,奇迹;idea想法;problem问题根据本句"I felt my wholeworld turn upside down and I had no...what I could do to help her to reduce her pain.“可知,作者世界都坍塌了,她不知道该如何做了,没有什么想法了460 . 句意:当我一个人的时候我的眼睛总是充满泪水full充满的;filled填充的;set设定的;careful仔细的根据句意“My eyes were…withtears whenever I was alone.”可知,当作者独处时候, 眼睛总是充满泪水。

      be filled with充满,故选B461 . 句意:上周,我丢了一块手表,那是我爸爸在我18岁生日的时候送给我的生日礼物received 接受;sold 卖;fixed 修理;lost 丢失根据后一句"I could not fall asleep for acouple of nights because I felt...about the loss.“可知,我因为丢失了 东西, 好几个夜晚都无法入睡462 . 句意:因为失去了东西,我的心情感到十分糟糕,所以好几个夜晚都无法入睡 weak虚弱的;comfortable舒 适 的 ; angry生气的;terrible糟糕的, 可怕的根据本句“I could not fall asleep for a couple of nights because I felt...about the loss.”可知,因为丢失了东西,心情很糟糕,好几夜都无法入睡463 . 句意:我不知道如何处理这些困难的事情,直到我读到美国作家卡耐基的“ 如果你得到一只柠檬,就做柠檬汁吧easy容 易 的 ; hard困难的; boring无聊的;meaningful有意义的。

      根据本句“I couldnever know how to deal with such…things…”可知,作者对于这些困难棘手的事情不知该如何做,故选B464 . 句意:当这名智者被给予了一个柠檬,他说“ 从这里我能吸取什么经验教训?我如何改善我的现状?我如何把这个柠檬做成柠檬汁?“lesson课,经验,教训;lemonade柠檬汁;decision决定;reason原因,理由根据前后文“What.. .can I get from this? How can I improve my situation? How can I turn thislemon into a lemonade?”可知,我从这里能吸取什么经验教训?我如何改善我的现状,我如何把这个柠檬做成柠檬汁?故选A465 . 句意:我突然意识到生命中充满着起起伏伏,所以我需要一直保持乐观realized意识到;thought认为;wondered想知道;guessed猜测根据前文“I couldnever know how to deal with such...things until I read...What...can I get from this? How canI improve my situation?”可知,通过读卡耐基的哲理文章,作者意识到了一些事情。

      故选 Ao466 . 句意:现在当我想到我的过去,我多希望我能用不同的方式处理这些事silently安静地; differently不同地;easily轻易地, 容易地;suddenly突然根据前一句“I suddenly...that life is full of ups and downs, so I need to stay positive all the time.“可知,我意识到要保持乐观,回想过去的所作所为,我希望我可以用不同的方法来对待那些事情467 . 句意:当我妈妈和疾病作斗争的时候,我本应该握紧她的手,告诉她事情都会变得更好,而不是逃避和哭泣because of 由于;except for 除了; instead of 代替;away from 远离根据前一句“Nowwhen I think of my past, I wish I could have done with things…'' 可知,我要用不同的方式对待这些事情,不是躲避和哭泣,而是紧握母亲的双手给她力量468 . 句意:我没有赢得奖项expect 期望;miss 错过;win 赢得;refuse 拒绝。

      根据后一句"If I had not read thisarticle, I would certainly have fblt…again.”可知,如果我没读到这篇文章,我肯定还会不 开心,所以推测是没赢得比赛469 . 句意:如果我没读过这篇文章,我肯定还会再次感到悲伤sad悲伤的; proud骄傲的;excited激动的;wise明智的根据本句“If I had not readthis article, I would certainly have fblt…again.“可知,如果我没读到这篇文章, 我肯定还会不开心,感到悲伤的470 . 句意:我很开心,至少我得到了一些舞台经历at once 立刻;at times 有时;at last 最后;at least 至少根据本句"I was happy that...Ihad got some stage experience."可知,我很开心,至少是得到了一些舞台经历故选Do471 . 句意:也会有刺,但是这些刺帮助我们变得更加勇敢和强壮too也,用于句尾;either也,用于否定句;also也,用于句中;though尽管根据前一句和本句“Lift is not just a bed of roses. There are thorns..., but these thorns help usbecome brave and strong.”可知,生活不只是尽善尽美的,也会有刺,有挫折。

      用在句尾表示“ 也” ,故选A472 . 句意:当生活给了我们一个柠檬,让我们尽力去做柠檬汁吧shows 展 示 ; makes 制 作 ; gives 给 ; sends 发送根据本句“When lifb…us a lemon, let'stry to make a lemonade.”可知,当生活给了我们一个柠檬,让我们尽力去做柠檬汁吧故选CoFollowing my second year of college, I got a job as a housekeeper at Miss Bartow'shouse on Lake Michigan. Miss Bartow taught chemistry at the University of Illinois. Every473 she travelled north to Michigan and spent the long and hot days in her beautifulhouse.While studying for final exams, I thought about the 474 . until suddenly onethought came to my mind. Housekeeper must do some 475 : Miss Bartow wouldexpect me to make three meals a day. I wrote a note to her explaining that I 476knew how to make pancakes and cheese sandwiches, but I would try to cook what she liked.Miss Bartow wrote back, “Cooking is like 477Too soon, the big day came, and I moved to the house, Miss Bartow handed me a booknamed The Joy of Cooking, uStudy this, and you will learn to cook.^^I read her cookbook, but I felt it was too 478 . Even worse, to create a dish,such as cabbage rolls, I 479 go through many different sections in order to know thecommon skills. I sat on the beach and stared at the waves. I really need easy recipes, and I need themnow. "Could you please send me some 480 recipes as soon as possible?^^ I calledmy mother.My mother sent recipe cards 481 . Not only did I read carefully, but sometimesI copied handwritten recipes into my new notebook. I tried chicken casserole and recreatedmy mother's potato salad. I 482 reading and experimenting. Miss Bartow483 complained. I supposed it was because she had taught undergraduates for yearsso that she was used to being 484 .One August evening, I placed a small salmon pie in front of her. The air smelled ofcelery and butter.“One of my favorite dishes from The Joy Of Cooking," she said.“Page 241.“ I answered in a 485 voice, and couldn't help smiling.Miss Bartow was right. Cooking was like chemistry, and that 486 helped me alot during the rest years of my college. Life is like chemistry, and never forget to keep487 when you face any difficulty.473. A. spring474. A. booksB. summerB. gradesC. autumnC. jobD. winterD. time475. A. shoppingB. cookingC. cleaningD. washing476. A. onlyB. easilyC. usuallyD. certainly477. A. paintingB. housekeepingC. chemistryD. university478. A. oldB. interestingC. necessaryD. difficult479. A. had toB. was allowed toC. was able toD. would like to480. A. favouriteB. simpleC. importantD. funny481. A. possiblyB. seriouslyC. carefullyD. quickly482. A. hatedB. stoppedC. keptD. forgot483. A. neverB. sometimesC. oftenD. always484. A. happyB. sadC. angryD. patient485. A. lowB. seriousC. cheerfulD. unfriendly486. A. storyB. examC. journeyD. experience487. A. readingB. experimentingC. cookingD. working【 答案】473. B 474. C475. B476. A477. C478. D479. A480. B481. D482. C483. A484. D485. C486. D487. B【 分析】本文作者介绍了自己暑假做管家工作的经历,作者明白人生就像化学反应,遇到任何困难都不要忘记坚持。

      473 . 句意:每年夏天,她都要北上密歇根,在她漂亮的房子里度过漫长而炎热的日子spring春 天 ; summer夏天;autumn秋天;winter根据“hot days”可知, 炎热的天气是夏天,故选B474 . 句意:在准备期末考试的时候,我一直在思考工作的问题,直到突然有一个想法出现在我的脑海里books 书 ; grades 成 绩 ; job 工 作 ; time 时间根据前文“Following my second year ofcollege, I got a job as a housekeeper at Miss Bartow's house on Lake Michigan.”可知, 是一份工作,故选C475 . 句意:管家必须做饭;巴托小姐希望我一天做三顿饭shopping 购物;cooking 做 饭 ; cleaning 打扫;washing 清洗根据"Miss Bartow wouldexpect me to make three meals a day.”可知,巴托小姐希望我一天做三顿饭,所以我要做饭,故选B476 . 句意:我给她写了张纸条,解释说我只会做煎饼和奶酪三明治,但我会尽量做她喜欢做的东西。

      only 只;easily 容易地;usually 通常;certainly 当然地根据力… knew how to makepancakes and cheese sandwiches”可知,此处表示“ 只会做煎饼和奶酪三明治” ,故选A4 7 7 .句意:巴托小姐回信说:“ 烹饪就像化学painting 绘画;housekeeping 家务管理;chemislry 化学;university 大学根据后文“Cooking was like chemistry”可知,烹饪就像化学,故选Co478 . 句意:我读了她的烹饪书,但我觉得太难了01d 老的;interesting 有趣的;necessary 有必要的;difficult 困难的根据“I really needeasy recipes”可知,作者想要简单的食谱,所以觉得之前的太难了,故选D479 . 句意:更糟糕的是,制作一道菜,如卷心菜卷,我不得不通过许多不同的部分,以了解共同的技能had to 不得不; was allowed to 被允许;was able to 能 够 ; would like to 想要根据“Even worse, to create a dish, such as cabbage rolls, I...go through many different sections inorder to know the common skills.”可知,作者感觉更糟糕,此处强调不得不做某事,故选 Ao480 . 句意:你能尽快寄给我一些简单的食谱吗?favourite最喜欢的;simple简 单 的 ; important重 要 的 ; funny滑稽的。

      根据“I reallyneed easy recipes”可知,作者想要简单的食谱,故选B481 . 句意:我妈妈很快就寄了食谱卡片possibly 可能地;seriously 严肃地;carefully 仔细地;quickly 快速地根据“Could youplease send me some...recipes as soon as possible?”可知,作者希望母亲尽快寄过来,故选 D482 . 句意:我一直在阅读和尝试hated 讨厌;stopped 停止;kept 继续;forgot 忘记根据'[..reading and experimenting.”和后文内容可知,作者一直在尝试,故选C483 . 句意:巴托小姐从来没有抱怨never从不;sometimes有时;often经常;always总是根据上下文内容可知,作者不会做饭,一直在尝试,但是巴托小姐却从未抱怨,故选A484 . 句意:我想这是因为她教本科生很多年了,所以她习惯了耐心happy开心的;sad悲伤的;angry生气的;patient耐心的根据上文我一直尝试但是巴托小姐从未抱怨可知,她是个耐心的人,故选D。

      485 . 句意:我用愉快的声音回答,忍不住笑了low 低的;serious 严肃的;cheerful 振奋的;unfriendly 不友好的根据“and couldift help smiling”可知, 忍不住笑了,所以很开心,故选C486 . 句意:烹饪就像化学一样,这段经历在我大学剩下的几年里帮助了我很多story 故事;exam 考试;journey 旅行;experience 经验/ 经历根据"Cooking was likechemistry, and that... helped me a lot during the rest years of my coHege.”可知,这段经历帮助了作者,故选D487 . 句意:人生就像化学,遇到任何困难都不要忘记不断尝试reading 阅读;experimenting 实验;cooking 做饭;working 工作根据"Lifb is likechemistry, and never forget to keep...when you face any difficulty.”可知,生活就像化学,要不断地尝试、实验,故选BI can still remember it as if it happened yesterday. I was a college freshman and488 most of the night, laughing and 489 with friends. Now just before my firstclass of the day my eyelids were feeling heavier and heavier and my 490 wasdropping down to my desk to make my textbook a 491 . A few minutes9 nap timebefore class wouldn't hurt, I thought.BOOM! I 492 my eyes and looked around with my heart beating wildly trying tofind the 493 of the noise. My young professor was looking at me with a 494 onhis face. He had dropped his textbooks onto the teacher's desk 495 . “Good morning!”he said still smiling. t4I am glad to see everyone is 496 . Now lefs get startcd.^^For the next hour I wasn't 497 at all. It wasn't from the shock of my professor \textbook alarm clock. It was 498 from the interesting discussion he led. Withknowledge and good humor, he made the material 499 . His words were full of bothwisdom and loving-kindness. When the class was over, I left the classroom not only wideawake, but a little 500 and a little better as well.I learned something far more important than not sleeping in class that day too. I learnedthat if you are going to do something in this life, do it well and do it with joy. What awonderful world it would be 501 every teacher, doctor, cook, businessman, farmerand worker made their work an expression of their love.Don't sleepwalk through your life then. 502 up! Let your love fill your work.Life is too short not to live it well.488. A. got upB. stayed upC. stood upD. put out489. A. talkingB. quarrelingC. fightingD. working490. A. armB. legC. faceD. head 491. A. overcoatB. pillowC. curtainD. carpet492. A. openedB.closedC. trustedD. covered493. A. beginningB.endC. causeD. result494. A. dislikeB.suipriseC. angerD. smile495. A. puiposelyB. accidentallyC. carelesslyD. suddenly496. A. happyB. greatC. awakeD. clear497. A. carefulB.sleepyC. interestedD. satisfied498. A. evenB.yetC. stillD. instead499. A. come outB. come aliveC. come backD. come up500. A. smarterB.funnierC. busierD. lazier501. A. unlessB.ifC. beforeD. since502. A. WakeB. CheerC. SetD. Go【 答案】488. B489. A490. D491. B492. A493. C494. D495. A496. C497. B498. D499. B500. A501. B502. A【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      本文讲述了作者在上大学第一年有一次因熬夜在第二天课上犯困,年轻的教授有意惊醒他作者在教授知识丰富,语言幽默的教学中认识到,我们不要浑浑噩噩过一生,要把快乐融到工作生活中,在短暂一生中过得有意 义488 . 句意:我是一名大一新生,几乎整晚都在熬夜,和朋友们谈笑风生got up 起床;stayed up 熬夜;stood up 起立;put out 扑灭根据"my eyelids were fuelingheavier and heavier”可知,作者感到很困倦,因此几乎整晚都在熬夜489 . 句意:我是一名大一新生,几乎整晚都在熬夜,和朋友们谈笑风生.talking 谈论;quarreling 吵架;fighting 打 架 ; working 工作根据"laughing”可知,作者和朋友们谈笑风生490 . 句意:现在,就在我的第一节课之前,我感到我的眼皮越来越沉重,我的头垂到我的桌子上,把我的课本当枕头arm 胳膊;leg 腿;face 脸;head 头根据“dropping down to my desk”可知,是头垂到桌子上491 . 句意:现在,就在我的第一节课之前,我感到我的眼皮越来越沉重,我的头垂到我的桌子上,把我的课本当枕头。

      overcoat外套;pillow枕头;curtain窗帘;carpet地毯根据常识可知, 把课本当枕头492 . 句意:我睁开眼睛,环顾四周,我的心狂跳着,试图找到噪音的原因opened 打开;closed 关闭;trusted 信任;covered 覆盖根据"looked around”可知, 作者醒了过来,因此是睁开眼睛493 . 句意:我睁开眼睛,环顾四周,我的心狂跳着,试图找到噪音的原因beginning开始;end结 束 ; cause原因;result结果根据"looked around”可知, 作者试图找到噪音的原因494 . 句意:我的年轻的教授面带微笑地看着我dislike 不喜欢;surprise 惊讶;anger 生气;smile 微笑根据"he said still smiling.“可知,教授是面带微笑地看着作者495 . 句意:他故意把课本丢在讲台上purposely故意地;accidentally意外地;carelessly粗心地;suddenly突然地根据前文可知,教授面带微笑看着我,因此他是故意把书放在讲台上,引起学生的注意故选Ao496 . 句意:我很高兴看到大家都醒了。

      happy 开心的;great 好 的 ; awake 醒着的;clear 清晰的根据“ Now let's get started.“可知,教授很高兴看到大家都醒了4 9 7 .句意:在接下来的一个小时里,我一点也不困 careful仔细的;sleepy困倦的;interested有趣的;satisfied满意的根据下文可知,作者被教授的知识和幽默折服了,因此在接下来的一个小时里,他一点也不困故选Bo498 . 句意:而是来自于他主持的有趣的讨论even甚至;yet然而, 放句首;still仍然;instead代替, 反而根据“It wasn't from theshock of my professor's textbook alarm clock.”可知,前后两句是转折关系,然而是来自于他主持的有趣的讨论,让我一点也不困499 . 句意:凭借知识和幽默,他使素材生动起来come out 出版;come alive 生动;come back 回来;come up 出现根据“Withknowledge and good humor”可知,教授凭借知识和幽默,使素材生动起来5 0 0 .句意:我离开教室时,不仅完全清醒,而且变得更聪明,也变得更好了。

      smarter 更聪明;funnier 更滑稽;busier 更忙碌;lazier 更懒惰根据“a little better aswell”可知,前面应该是一个褒义词,因此变得更聪明符合句意501 . 句意:如果每个老师,医生,厨师,商人,农民和工人都用他们的工作来表达他们的爱,这将是一个多么美好的世界unless 除非;if 如果;before 在. . .之前;since 自从根据“What a wonderful world itwould be”可知,此句是由if引导的条件状语从句502 . 句意:醒醒吧!让你的爱充满你的工作Wake 醒来;Cheer 为. . .喝彩;Set 建立;Go 向上根据"Don't sleepwalk through yourlife then.”可知,作者呼吁人们醒来,用爱来充满工作阅读下列短文,从文后各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案Mary and I rode the train 300 miles to Spokane every summer and Christmas vacation.Then we took a taxi and a bus. We would hop out at the Moon Lake post office, whereGranddad and Grandma 503 us with smiling faces.Christmases were always 504 at Moon Lake, with snow piled deep. Granddadwould ride the horse Jenny and we'd walk up the hill into the 505 behind theirhouse. We'd search the pine trees looking for that 506 one to honor as ourChristmas tree. The 507 always included excited chat, for all three of us had to508 that we'd found the perfect tree 509 Granddad would swing his ax( 斧子) . Granddad would 510 the cut tree to Jenny and drag it back to the house.Granddad passed away when my sister and I were grown. Only then did Grandma 511 his secret: He'd 512 a tree early each spring, then shape it through thesummer and fall so it would be 513 for our big day in December. As Mary and Iraced through the trees searching for the perfect tree, he would cleverly 514 ustoward its location, without actually pointing it out.As Grandma told us this story, we 515 that was why she always had that extrahappiness in her eyes when we came rushing in the door, full of 516 about how thisyear we'd found the best Christinas tree ever.Of all the Christmas presents we ever received, none has been more special than thememory of Granddad's517 gift.503. A. praisedB. watchedC. metD. visited504. A. warmB. whiteC. simpleD. different505. A. fieldB. forestC. marketD. garden506. A. specialB. interestingC. straightestD. tallest507. A. festivalB. experimentC. travelD. search508. A. explainB. agreeC. understandD. promise509. A. whenB. untilC. beforeD. after510. A. passB. giveC. showD. tie511. A. knowB. makeC. keepD. share512. A. plantB. buyC. hideD. decorate513. A. possibleB. easyC. normalD. ready514. A. forceB. guideC. driveD. follow515. A. realizedB. arguedC. admiredD. imagined516. A. worriesB. doubtC. excitementD. surprise517. A. funnyB. practicalC. expensiveD. secret【 答案】503. C504. B505. B506. A507. D508. B509. C 510. D511. D512. A513. D514. B515. A516. C517. D【 分析】本文是记叙文,作者讲述了和姐姐每年在祖父母农舍后面的森林里都能发现最完美的圣诞树的真相,是因为祖父在春天种植圣诞树,在夏天和秋天让树成型,所以到了十二月才能有圣诞树可以收获,表现了对爷爷的感恩与怀念之情。

      503 . 句意:我们在月湖邮局下车,爷爷奶奶满脸笑容地迎接我们praised 表扬;watched 观察;met 遇见;visited 参观结合上文“We would hop out at theMoon Lake post office,\可知爷爷奶奶在迎接她们,故选C504 . 句意:月湖的圣诞节总是白茫茫的,雪堆得很厚warm温暖的;white白色的;simple简单的;different不同的根据“with snow pileddeep”可知white符合语境,故选B505 . 句意:爷爷会骑着珍妮马,然后我们走上山进入他们房子后面的森林field 领域;forest 森林;market 市场;garden 花园根据下文"We'd search the pinetrees",可知是在森林里,故选B506 . 句意:我们会在松树间寻找一棵特别的树来当作我们的圣诞树special特别的;interesting有趣的;straightest最直的;tallest最高的根据下文“tohonor as our Christmas tree”, 可知这颗树很特别,故选Ao507 . 句意:寻找的过程中总会有兴奋的聊天,因为我们三个必须一致同意,在爷爷挥动斧头之前,我们已经找到了一棵完美的树。

      festival节日;experiment实验;travel旅行;search搜索根据上文作者和爷爷在寻找松树,可知search符合文意, 故选D508 . 句意:寻找的过程中总会有兴奋的聊天,因为我们三个必须一致同意,在爷爷挥动斧头之前,我们已经找到了一棵完美的树explain解释;agree同意;understand理解;promise承诺结合上文,作者和玛丽及爷爷三个人在找树,所以那棵树需得到大家的一致认同,故选B 509 . 句意:寻找的过程中总会有兴奋的聊天,因为我们三个必须一致同意,在爷爷挥动斧头之前,我们已经找到了 •棵完美的树when当. . .的时候;until直到;before在. . . . 之前;after在. . . . 之后结合文意,只有找到树,爷爷才能挥舞斧头砍树,所以before符合语境510 . 句意:爷爷会把砍下来的树绑在珍妮身上,拖回家pass传 递 ; give给;show展示;tie系根据“drag it back to the house”, 可知应该把树捆在马身上511 . 句意:直到那时奶奶才分享了他的秘密:每年春天他都会提前种下一棵树,然后在夏天和秋天把它塑形,这样就能在12月我们的大日子里做好准备。

      know知道;make制作;keep保持;share分享由 his secret和后面的冒号可知,奶奶把爷爷种树的秘密告诉了他们,share符合语境,故选D512 . 句意:直到那时奶奶才分享了他的秘密:每年春天他都会提前种下一棵树,然后在夏天和秋天把它塑形,这样就能在12月我们的大日子里做好准备plant 栽/ 种;buy 买;hide 隐藏;decorate 装饰根据下文“then shape it through thesummer and falF ',可知爷爷此前栽了树,故选A513 . 句意:直到那时奶奶才分享了他的秘密:每年春天他都会提前种下一棵树,然后在夏天和秋天把它塑形,这样就能在12月我们的大日子里做好准备possible可 能 的 ; easy容易的;normal正常的:ready准备好的结合语境可知, 爷爷提前种树,是为未来的圣诞节做准备的;be ready for为……做准备,故选D514 . 句意:当我和玛丽穿过树林寻找那棵完美的树时,他会巧妙地引导我们去它的位置,而不是真正指出来force 强 迫 ; guide 引导;drive 驾驶;follow 跟随。

      根据“toward its location,withoutactually pointing it out”可知,爷爷很聪明地引导孩子们找到那棵树,故选B515 . 句意:奶奶给我们讲这个故事时: 我们才意识到,这就是为什么当我们满怀兴奋地冲进门,说今年我们找到了有史以来最好的圣诞树时,她眼中总闪烁着幸福的光芒realized 意识到;argued 争吵;admired 钦佩;imagined 想象根据下文“that was whyshe always had that extra happiness in her eyes when we came rushing in the door", 结合上文提到奶奶告诉了爷爷栽树的秘密,可知作者知道了奶奶眼中充满幸福的原因;realize符合文意,故选A516 . 句意:奶奶给我们讲这个故事时,我们才意识到,这就是为什么当我们满怀兴奋地冲进门,说今年我们找到了有史以来最好的圣诞树时,她眼中总闪烁着幸福的光 芒worries 担 心 ; doubt 怀 疑 ; excitement 兴 奋 ; surprise 惊讶根据下文"we'd fdund thebest Christmas tree ever”, 可知会很高兴,excitement 符合语境,故选 C。

      5 1 7 . 句意:在我们收到的所有圣诞礼物中,最特别的莫过于对爷爷神秘礼物的回忆funny有趣的;practical实际的;expensive昂贵的;secret秘密的结合文意,爷爷偷偷地为作者他们种树,所以这是一份神密的礼物,故选D二、阅读单选What problems do teenagers have? Here is a survey showing their main problems andsome advice.ProblemCause ( 原因)AdviceFeeling stressed ( 紧张的)Too much homework.Not having enough time fortheir hobbies.Make a plan for study andhobbies.Find time to relax as possible asthey can.Getting short-sighted( 近视)Too much homework.Bad reading and writinghabits.Do homework more efficiently.Read and write in a healthierway.Feeling tired of studyComputer games, badinfluence.Don't spend too much time oncomputer games.Getting fatEating too much snacks andjunk food.Doing little exercise.Eat more healthy food instead ofjunk food.Do some sports regularly.518. How many main problems are there in the survey?A. Four. B. Five. C. Six.D. Seven.519. What problems are caused by too much homework?A. Feeling stressed and getting fat. B. Feeling tired of study and getting fat.C. Feeling stressed and getting short-sighted. D. Getting short-sighted and feeling tiredof study. 520. If Peter is tired of study, he s houl d.A. do homework as quickly as possible B. not be crazy about computer gamesC. read and write in a healthier way D. do some sports regularly【 答案】518. A519. C520. B【 导语】本文介绍了青少年的一些问题以及针对问题给出的一些建议。

      518 . 细节理解题根据"Feeling stressed ( 紧张的)” 、“Getting short-sighted( 近视) ,“Feeling tired of study”以及“Getting fat”可知列出了青少年的四个问题,故选A519 . 细节理解题根据Feeling stressed ( 紧张的)对应的“Too much homework.”以及Getting short-sighted( 近视) 对应的“Too much homework.”可知太多的作业会让学生感到压力大以及造成眼睛近视,故选C520 . 细节理解题根据 Feeling tired of study 对应的"Don't spend too much time oncomputer games.”可知如果厌学,就不要花太多的时间在电脑游戏上,故选BThe relation between a parent and a child is the most important in a child's life. It caninfluence ( 影响) the child's life much. Positive relation can help children grow healthily andsuccessfully. Here are some ways to help you build a good relation.Get used to their way. If you learn more about their ideas and opinions, you willcommunicate or play with them in their way. This will help you get close easily. You cancommunicate with them freely and find the world in their heart through playing games on thefloor instead of at the dinner table.Take good use of family time. You must make family time a regular and special part ofyour life. Then your children can know you accept and respect their individuality. You eatmeals together most nights of the week. You can also share sports events, movies and otherevents.Join in children's school. If you have some free time, volunteer in the children's school.Then you can know more about your children at school. You can also sit near to them whenthey do the homework. This will make them better at schoolwork.Build trust. Ifs important for you and your children to believe in each other. You can make them know they can trust you. When you plan to do something, you must finish it. Youwill set a good example for them.Listen to children. If children are complaining about school, you must listen to them.Then they will know you are important and trust you. You also need to leave your phone andTV and look at children's eyes. Then you can give your opinions and ideas to them in time.521. How many ways are there to build a good relation in the passage?A. Three. B. Five. C. Four. D. Six.522. How can parents get used to the children's way?A. By reading the same book with them.B. By taking good use of family time.C. By finishing something after you plan.D. By playing games with them on the floor.523. What do parents share sports games with children for?A. To listen to children. B. To build trust to them.C. To join in children's school life. D. To take good use of family time.【 答案】521. B522. D523. D【 分析】这是一篇说明文,文章讲述了父母和孩子建立良好关系的五种方法。

      521 . 细节理解题根据"Take good use of family time"、“Take good use of familytime"、"Join in children's school"、"Build trust"及"Listen to children”可知,文章提到了建立良好关系的五种方法522 . 细节理解题根据第二段“Get used to their way...You can communicate with themfreely and find the world in their heart through playing games on the floor instead of at thedinner table”可知,父母可以通过和他们一起玩游戏来适应他们的生活523 . 细节理解题根据第三段“Take good use of family time. ...You eat meals togethermost nights of the week. You can also share sports events, movies and other events.“可知,父母和孩子分享运动节目是为了充分利用家庭时间。

      故选DBen couldn't sleep well these days. He was angry at the Lee family. The Lee familymoved to the town last Monday. They live in the same apartment with Ben. They live upstairs ( 在楼上) . They come home very late every night. When Ben goes to bed, bad things alwayshappen. For example, when Mr. Lee watered his flowers last night, the water dropped onBen's windows. It made noise. A strong smell of curry noodles came out of their kitchen atthe same time. Mrs. Lee was cooking. It made Ben feel hungry. It made him stay awake ( 醒着的) for a long time. Wha「 s worse? Their three-year-old twin ( 双胞胎) girls were running onthe floor and fighting with each other at one o'clock this morning. The noise didn't stop until( 直至U ) three o'clock this morning. Ben was very tired when he was taking the English test atschool today. So he got bad marks. He planned to buy some earplugs, or he might not pass theEnglish test again next time.524. When do the Lee family go home?A. They go home very early every afternoon. B. They go home very late everyafternoon.C. They go home very early every morning. D. They go home very late every night.525. How many people are there in the Lee family?A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.526. Why couldn't Ben have a good rest?A. Because he had a bad dream.B. Because he didn't have enough food before went to bed.C. Because he studied hard for the English test.D. Because of the noise that the Lee family made.527. How can “earplugs" help Ben?A. Help him not to hear the noise. B. Help him not to have a dream.C. Help him do well at school. D. Help him listen to music.528. Which of the following is true?A. Ben is not good at English.B. Ben had an idea to solve his problem.C. The Lee family lived in the same apartment with Ben for a long time.D. Mr. and Mrs. Lee have two boys.【 答案】524. D525. C526. D 527. A528. B【 导语】本文介绍了本因为楼上李先生一家晚上的噪音而睡不好,导致他的英语考试考得分数非常低。

      他想到了一个方法,买一个耳塞,这样他就听不家李先生一家的噪音了524 . 细节理解题根据"They come home very late every night.”可知李家一家人每天晚上很晚回家,故选D525 . 细节理解题根据文中提到的李先生一家有Mr. Lee、 Mrs. Lee和他们的双胞胎女孩,一共有四口人,故选C526 . 细节理解题根据"Ben couldn't sleep well these days. He was angry at the Leefamily."以及“The noise didn't stop until three o'clock this morning.“可知李先生一家晚上制造了很多噪音,因此本没有睡好,故选D527 . 推理判断题根据“The noise didn't stop until three o'clock this morning."和"Heplanned to buy some earplugs, or he might not pass the English test again next time.“可知耳塞能帮助本听不见噪音,故选A。

      528 . 推理判断题根据“He planned to buy some earplugs, or he might not pass theEnglish test again next time.”可知本计划买一个耳塞,这样他晚上就听不见李先生一家的噪音,因此他想出了一个解决问题的方法,故选BWhen I'm in trouble, I always take out a book and read quietly. I put my heart into it sothat ril forget all the unhappy things. Tve developed a habit of reading in this way.When I was a little boy, I was interested in comic books and storybooks. When I was amiddle school student, I began to read novels, plays, essays ( 散文) and so on. I found I couldget much from them. Little by little, I took a great interest in literature ( 文学) and last term Iwon the first prize in the composition contest ( 作文比赛) among middle school students inour city.Reading The Emperor s New Clothes makes me laugh a lot over the emperor5s sillyaction. The Little Match Girl makes me feel sad. Robinson Crusoe takes me into a strangeworld full of danger. And I was also deeply moved ( 被感动) by Helen Keller's spirit of beingstrong and never giving up. Besides ( 除 了) these, books also tell me other things — how tobe a brave man and how to tell the difference between the right and the wrong. In a word,good books can let me know what I don't know before. So I think good books are just like my best friends.529. What was the writer interested in when he was a little boy?A. Plays. B. Essays. C. Novels. D. Comic books.530. How does the writer like the book The Little Match GirHA. Clever. B. Brave. C. Sad. D. Interesting.531. What is the main idea of the second paragraph?A. Why the writer liked good books. B. How to find many interesting books.C. The writer liked different books and his achievement. D. What the writer thought ofthe good books.532. What is the best title for the passage?A. My interesting hobby B. Everyone should read booksC. Classic books are good D. Students be friends with books【 答案】529. D530. C531. C532. A【 导语】本文主要介绍了作者热爱读书的经历和读书的好处。

      529 . 细节理解题根据“When I was a little boy, I was interested in comic books andstorybooks.”可知,当作者是个小男孩的时候,对漫画书和故事书很感兴趣5 3 0 .细节理解题^ ^ T h e Little Match Girl makes me feel sad/5nTMl, 《 卖火柴的小女孩》让作者感到难过531 . 段落大意题通读第三段以及“I won the first prize in the composition contest ( 作文比赛) among middle school students in our city.“可知,第三段主要介绍了作者喜欢的书和他取得的成就532 . 最佳标题题通读全文可知,本文主要介绍了作者热爱读书的经历和读书的好处A 选项“ 我有趣的爱好” 为本文最佳标题One morning, a blind boy sat on the steps of a building with a hat by his feet. He held asign which said, t4I am blind. Please help me.^^ There were only a few coins in the hat. A manwas walking by. He took out a few coins from his pocket and dropped them into the hat. Hethen took the sign and turned it over, and wrote some words on it. He put the sign back so that everyone who walked by could see the new words.Soon the hat began to fill up. More and more people were giving money to the blind boy.That afternoon the man came to see how things were. The boy recognized his footsteps andasked, "Are you the one who changed my sign in the morning? What did you write?,, Theman said, “ I only wrote the truth. I said what you said, but in a different way.,, What he hadwritten was, “Today is a beautiful day, but I cannot see it.”Of course both signs told people the boy was blind. But the first sign simply told peopleto help by putting some money in the hat. The second sign told people that they were able toenjoy the beauty of the day, but the boy could not enjoy it because he was blind.We're very lucky because we can not only see the beautiful world but also help others.So, enjoy what you have owned today!533. Where was the boy's hat?A. On his head. B. Beside his feet. C. On the sofa.534. What happened after the boy held the sign written by himself?A. There were many coins in his hat. B. Nobody dropped coinsinto his hat. C. People dropped only a few coins into his hat.535. What did the man write on the sign?A. Today is a beautiful day, but I can't see it. B. Help this blind boy,please! C. We are so lucky today.536. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?A. The first sign told people it was beautiful that day.B. The second sign worked better than the first one.C. The boy wanted to get enough money to go to school.537. Which is the best title for this story?A. Be kind to the blind! B. Give more money to the blind! C. Treasure ( 珍惜)what you have.【 答案】533. B534. C535. A536. B537. C 【 分析】文章是一篇记叙文,通过一位智者帮助一个盲人男孩的故事告诉我们一个道理:我们应该对自己所拥有的东西心存感激。

      533 . 细节理解题根据第一段"a blind boy sat on the steps of a building with a hat by hisfeet”可知,帽子在男孩脚边534 . 细节理解题根据第•段”There were only a few coins in the hat.”可知,男孩举着自己写的牌子,帽子里仅有几枚硬币535 . 细节理解题根据第二段“What he had written was, 'Today is a beautiful day, but Icannot see it.'”可知,这个人在牌子上写的是“ 今天是美好的一天,但我看不见: 故选Ao536 . 推理判断题根据第二段“Soon the hat began to fill up. More and more people weregiving money to the blind boy.”可知,第二个牌子摆出来后,帽子里的钱越来越多,即第二个牌子比第一个效果好537 . 标题归纳题根据最后一段“So, enjoy what you have owned today!”可知,作者通过这个故事告诉我们应该珍惜现在拥有的,选项C 符合文章主旨,适合做标题。

      故选Co①“I will think of it." It is easy to say this, but do you know what great things have comefrom thinking? Though we can not see, or hear, or feel our thoughts, they have great power( 力量) !②Isaac Newton was seated in his garden on a summer evening when he saw an applefall from a tree. He began to think, and tried to find out why the apple fell. Then hediscovered how the earth, sun, moon, and stars are kept in their places.(3)James Ferguson once saw the inside of his father^ watch, and he wondered, t4Whyshould not I make a watch?,, This set him thinking and it led to a wooden clock which keptgood time.④Walt Disney, the famous American film-maker, was often thinking of new ideas. Oneday, when he was in a meeting, he suddenly stopped talking, deep in thought. He looked andlooked at a place high up in the room. This continued for a long time, and then he got an ideafor a new cartoon.⑤ Ideas come at any time, and the important thing is to think. When you meet with anydifficulty, don5t lose heart. Try to think of it before asking someone to help you. Think and bythinking you will learn how to think creatively. 538. From the passage we can learn that.A. we should always ask others for help B. every one of us likes thinkingC. it is easy to see and hear our thoughts D. thinking helps to get new ideas539. Which of the following shows the structure ( 结构) of the passage?( ①一 , Paragraph" 1,②—'Paragraph" 2 ,…)【 答案】538. D539. D【 导语】本文主要通过三个例子来给我们讲述了思考的重要作用。

      538 . 推理判断题根据作者举的三个例子“Isaac Newton", "James Ferguson"和"WaltDisney"和"Ideas come at any time, and the important thing is to think.”可知,思考是很重要的,通过思考有助于获得新的想法539 . 篇章结构题根据整篇文章内容,第①段阐述了思考的重要性,第②段、第③段和第④段则分别举了 Isaac Newton, James Ferguson和 Walt Disney通过思考的例子说明思考带来的收获相互之间是并列关系,最后一段总结思考的重要性是“ 总一分一总” 的结构Conor Grennan was unwilling to be a volunteer. The 29-year-old American was not sureif he had the skills or a strong feeling for it.However, he went to work at an orphanage ( 孤儿院) in Nepal. His first thought was tomake people impressed.“I thought that if I volunteered just once, I could retell the story over and over,“ Grennansaid in the Huffington Post.However, his three-month stay in the orphanage turned into an unusual experience. Itwas in 2018 and Grennan had given up his job to begin a year's long around-the-world trip. His first three months were spent in Nepal.When he amved in the village, he knew nothing about the children or the local culture.When he opened the gate of the Little Princes Children's Home, he was faced by the excitedchildren.The young American ended up caring for 18 children. He later discovered that they weretrafficked ( 被拐卖的) children. So he walked through the mountains with great difficulty tofind the kids' families. started walking with photos of the kids,“ he told the Reuter'sreporter. €tI would show up in villages and show photographs around. I went with 24 photos,and I found 24 families.^^At the same time, he put his heart into Nepalese culture.Grennan said, "Volunteering is the single best way to see how the rest of the worldlives.”He also encouraged others to do what he had done. He believes that volunteering needsonly making decisions to show up.Grennan's fight against child-trafficking has changed him. His book, Little Prince, cameout last week.540. At first, Grennan simply wanted to by volunteering in Nepal.A. write travel stories B. learn the skills C. help the kids there D. impress people541. When Grennan came to the Little Prince Children's Home, .A. 18 children were ill in bed B. the children there felt excitedC. he decided to give up his job D. he'd lived in Nepal for a year542. From the passage we can learn that Gr e n n a n .A. found the kids' families easily B. was good at taking picturesC. wrote the book Little Prince D. asked others to go to Nepal543. Which is the best title for the passage?A. Volunteering changes a lot B. Volunteering is with the kidsC. A volunteer becomes a writer D. A volunteer travels in Nepal【 答案】540. D541. B542. C543. A 【 分析】本文是一篇记叙文。

      文章讲述了美国年轻人康纳如何从不愿意参加志愿者活动到热衷于与拐卖儿童事件作斗争的经历540 . 细节理解题根据文章第二段中的“His first thought was to make people impressed”可知,起初他只是想让人印象深刻,故选D541 . 细节理解题根据文章第五段中的"When he opened the gate of the Little PrincesChildren's Home, he was faced by the excited children”可知,当康纳来到孤儿院时,那里的孩子感到非常兴奋,故选B542 . 细节理解题根据文章最后一段中的“His book, Little Prince, came out last week”可知,康纳写写了《 小王子》这本书,故选C543 . 最佳标题题通读全文可知,文章主要讲述了康纳参加志愿者活动后发生了很大的变化,故选AIn the local park, a large unusual object has been found. A creature from outer space hasappeared from the object, which is clearly some sort of spacecraft. Read the followingresponses by people who saw the alien landing.Child playing in the parkI was playing on the swings with my friends when I saw this great big streak of light like arainbow come out the sky towards me. I was terrified so I hid under the slide. There was ascreening noise as it crashed into the football pitch. There was smoke coming out of it. Ithought it was a helicopter or something. Then the noise started turning and it opened. Thehuge alien came walking out holding his hand over his eyes. He saw me and thenjust... well, he waved. I thought “He can't be that bad if he waves,but I ran all the wayhome to tell Mum. I don't like to admit it but I cried. Just a bit.Owen Jones, 10Local residentI don't like him. This alien comes from out of nowhere and ruins our park, scaring ourchildren. He seems friendly enough now but we don't know if he has got weapons andthings on board his spaceship. I know the doctor says he is healthy but he may have allsorts of diseases we don't even know about. If he stays, it will mean trouble. Send himback where he came from and let the people in this community get on with our own liveslike we always did. Emily Widgery, 88Local doctorI have examined the alien and I can say there are no signs of any illness. However, I thinkwe should be careful. We are dealing with an unknown being from another world and itmay present some health threats to humans in the future.I am hoping to talk to him later about our medicines and I want to find out if he has anyknowledge or medicines that can help humans. I am already beginning to learn hislanguage.Dr Regina Coldfingers, 56Police InspectorEyewitness reports tell us that the spacecraft landed in the local park on Saturday morningbetween 9:00 and 9:30. Our officers arrived at the scene. We requested the stranger, whowas sitting on a swing waving, to give himself up and he did so without resistance.Kamal Singh, 48544. What is the best title for this article?A. Alien comes.B • A strangehuman.C. An amazing park. D. Spaceship amves.545. Why doesn't Emily Widgery like the alien?A. The alien came and waved at her.B. The spacecraft landed in the park.C. The alien may cause some trouble.D. They have some signs of illness.546. Which of the following is TRUE?A. Kamal gave himself up without resistance.B. Owen was afraid and hid under the slide.C. Dr. Regina has learnt the alien's language.D. Emily fully welcomed the arrival of the alien.547. Where can we find this passage?A. In a sports newspaper.B.In a sci-fi magazine.C. In a love story book.D.On an animal poster.【 答案】544. A545. C 546. B547. B【 导语】本文主要讲述了在当地的公园里看到外星人登陆的人的回答。

      544 . 最佳标题题根据第一段中“A creature from outer space has appeared from theobject, which is clearly some sort of spacecraft. Read the following responses by people whosaw the alien landing.”以及结合全文可知,本文主要讲述了在当地的公园里看到外星人登陆的人的回答因此选项A“Aliencomes. ” 是最适合文章的标题545 . 细节理解题根据“If he stays, it will mean trouble.”可知,Emily不喜欢外星人的原因是因为他认为外星人可能会引起一些麻烦546 . 细节理解题根据"I was terrified so I hid under the slide”可知,Owen 非常害怕,于是躲在滑梯下,因此B 选项是正确的547 . 推理判断题通读全文可知,本文主要讲述了在当地的公园里看到外星人登陆的人的回答因此推测出本篇文章出自于一本科幻杂志Beep! Beep! Barcode( 条形码) technology makes it faster and easier to buy things instores. You've probably seen the black-and-white pattern on product packaging. This year,this great invention is 50 years old!On a Sunday afternoon in 1971, IBM engineer George Laurer came up with a code thatcould be printed on food packages. It became the basis fbr the Universal Product Code, whichwas used by many companies starting in 1973, according to The New York Times. Before this,cashiers( 收银员) had to type prices by hand.Time has proven it to be a great invention. Today, barcodes are scanned over 6 billiontimes every day and used by 2 million companies worldwide, PR Newswire reported.A barcode is really a simple idea: give each product a unique number and print it for ascanning device to read. What information does a barcode contain? Where the product comesfrom, where it has been, its price, expiration date...you name it. It can also help stores keeptrack of their products. For example, if there are 10 boxes of milk and a customer bus one, itwill be recorded so that the store owner knows there are nine boxes left. In the 1980s,libraries started using barcodes to keep track of books in this way.The next generation of barcodes, such as QR codes, can hold more information. t6Theycan tell consumers if a product contains allergens( 过敏原) or if it is organic( 有机的) . Thisprovides customers with more trust in the products they buy,“ said GS 1, an organization that develops global barcode standards. The development of codes will surely make people's lifebetter, and there is a lot to expect.548. What does the underlined word "proven" in paragraph 3 probably mean?A. 证实 B . 促使 C . 怀疑 D . 成为549. When were barcodes widely used by companies?A. In 1971. B. In 1973. C. In 1980. D. In 1981.550. What do we know about barcode according to the passage?A. A barcode gives each product the same number.B. A barcode is a kind of pattern.C. A barcode can show the allergens of a product.D. Barcodes are scanned 2 million times every day in the world.551. What can we infer from the passage?A. Barcodes are not easy fbr people to read.B. QR codes can include less information.C. Barcodes are only printed on food we eat.D. The development of codes will make people's life better.552. In which section of a magazine can we read the passage?A. People and nature. B. People and animals.C. Life and technology. D. Life and hobbies.【 答案】548. A549. B550. C551. D552. C【 导语】本文介绍了条形码的发明和发展,及条形码所包含的信息。

      5 4 8 .词句猜测题根据“Time has proven it to be a great invention. Today, barcodes arescanned over 6 billion times every day and used by 2 million companies worldwide, PRNewswire reported.”可知,据美通社报道,如今,条形码每天被扫描60多亿次,被全球 200万家公司使用,所以时间证明了这是一项伟大的发明,所以proven的意思是“ 证明” ,故选A 549 . 细节理解题根据“It became the basis for the Universal Product Code, which wasused by many companies starting in 1973”可知,从 1973年开始被许多公司使用,故选Bo550 . 推理判断题根据"They can tell consumers if a product contains allergens( 过敏原)or if it is organic( 有机的) . " 可知,它们可以告诉消费者产品是否含有过敏原或是否有机,故选C。

      551 . 推理判断题根据"The development of codes will surely make people's life better,and there is a lot to expect.”可知,代码的发展肯定会让人们的生活更美好,还有很多值得期待的地方552 . 推理判断题本文介绍了条形码的发明和发展,及条形码所包含的信息,所以推测可能在生活与技术版块上看到这篇文章,故选CIt was Saturday morning. Carolyn went to do some shopping by herself. The parking lot( 停车场) was so crowded that she had to park far from the supermarket. She didn't get upset.It was a beautiful day, and she enjoyed walking. When she got out of her car, some old4tearmufls ( 耳罩) "caught her eyes. It was about 50 meters away.It was a day without wind, but the “earmufifc” seemed to be moving. Carolyn took aclose look. Oh, these weren't earmuffs——they were two little white cats! They had big blueeyes and each of them was about the size of an orange. 440h, you lovely babies!?, Carolyn saidin a soft voice "Can't you find your mom?^^Carolyn stayed with the cats for an hour. No one came. As an animal lover, Carolyndecided to take action. She carefully placed the cats on the back seat of her car, in hershopping bag, and drove straight home. There, she put the cats in a clean box and fed themsome milk.“Look at these lovely cats, Jake,“ she said to her son. "Please go online to learnsomething about how to care for little cats. Now Fil call the vet ( 兽医)553 . Why did Carolyn park far from the supermarket?A. Because she wanted to buy some earmuffs. B. Because she wanted to enjoy thebeautiful day.C. Because she wanted to take a walk. D. Because the parking lot was crowded.554 . What did the cats' eyes look like?A. Big and blue. B. Big and black. C. Small and blue. D. Small andblack. 555. What did Carolyn do to the cats?A. She took them home.C. She put them in the supermarket.556. What would probably happen later?A. Jake would sell the cats online.B. She gave them some water.D. She helped them find their mom.B. The vet would do some shopping.C. Carolyn would send the cats to the hospital. D. The cats would live happily withCarolyn and Jake.【 答案】553. D554. A555. A556. D【 导语】本文讲述了 Carolyn在去购物的路上遇到了两只小猫,并把它们带回家的故事。

      553 . 细节理解题根据“The parking lot ( 停车场) was so crowded that she had to park farfrom the supermarket.”可知,停车场太拥挤了,她不得不把车停在离超市很远的地方,故选Do554 . 细节理解题根据"They had big blue eyes and each of them was about the size of anorange.”可知,小猫的眼睛又大又蓝,故选A555 . 细节理解题根据“No one came. As an animal lover, Carolyn decided to take action.She carefully placed the cats on the back seat of her car, on her shopping bag, and drovestraight home.”可知,Carolyn把小猫带回家了,故选A556 . 推理判断题根据“ "Look at these lovely cats, Jake,“ she said to her son. "Please goonline to learn something about how to care for little cats. Now ril call the vet ( 兽医) “ 可知,小猫应该在Carolyn和她的儿子Jake的照顾下在她家生活的很开心,故选D。

      My mother only had one eye. I never wanted her to show up at my school. But one dayduring the primary school, I was terribly ill. My mother came.“Your mom only has one eye!” shouted some of my classmates. At that time, I wishedmy mother would just have disappeared ( 消失) .“If you embarrass ( 使尴尬) me , why don't you just die?” I shouted at her, taking nonotice of the sad look on her face. My mother just handed me some medicine and left without saying anything.At that time, I didn't think I had hurt her feelings very much. That night I saw my momcrying in her room. Even so, I hated her tears from one eye. I made a decision—I must studyhard and leave my mother!Years later, my dream came true. I was quite successful. I never thought of going back tosee my "ugly" mother until one day I got a letter.“My son, I'm sorry I only have one eye. When you were little, you got into an accidentand lost one of your eyes. As a mom, I couldn't stand watching you live with only one eye.So, I gave you one of mine. I was never angry with you and I never regretted ( 后' 悔) itbecause I love you.I cried out aloud. Only then did I realize how beautiful my mother was!557. Why didn't the writer want his mom to show up at his school?A. Because he thought she was ugly. B. Because his mom had a terrible illness.C. Because his mom couldn't see anything. D. Because his mom was deaf.558. How did the writer feel by using the underlined word “shouted” in Paragraph 3?A. Nervous. B. Angry. C. Excited. D. Happy.559. What did the writer decide to do that night?A. To take his mom to see the doctor. B. To study hard and leave his mom.C. To stop hurting his mom's feelings. D. To ask his mom not to go to his school.560. How did the writer's mom lose one of her eyes?A. She was born with only one eye.C. She often cried for a long time.561. What is the passage mainly about?A. A mother's great love for her son.C. A mother's work on teaching her son.B. She had a serious car accident.D. She used it to save her son's eye.B. A boy's school life.D. A boy's lifelong regret fbr his mother.【 答案】557. A558. B559. B560. D561. A 【 导语】本文主要讲述作者刚开始嫌弃自己母亲只有一只眼睛,觉得母亲让自己在同学面前失了面子,后来得知母亲是把自己的眼睛给了作者,才明白母爱的伟大。

      557 . 细节理解题根据"My mother only had one eye. I never wanted her to show up at myschool… ” 以及"...shouted some of my classmates. At that time, I wished my mother wouldjust have disappeared”可知,作者不想让他的母亲去学校,是因为他觉得母亲很丑陋故选Ao558 . 推理判断题根据"I shouted at her, taking no notice of the sad look on her face.^W知,作者没有看到母亲脸上悲伤的表情,对母亲大喊大叫,当时一定很生气故选Bo559 . 细节理解题根据"I made a decision—I must study hard and leave my mother!”可知,那个晚上作者做了一个决定:努力学习,然后离开自己的母亲560 . 细节理解题根据“When you were little, you got into an accident and lost one ofyour eyes. As a mom, I couldn't stand watching you live with only one eye. So, I gave youone of mine.”可知,作者母亲的眼睛给了作者,所以才是一只眼睛。

      故选D561 . 主旨大意题本 艮 据 “I was never angry with you and I never regretted ( 后,悔) it becauseI love you.”以及通读全文可知,本文主要讲了一位母亲对儿子深深的爱It was a nice winter day. After dinner, Ms. Lee checked ( 查看) her e-mails as usual.One e-mail caught her eye. It was from Mary, a girl who sat at the back of the classroom. Sheanswered questions a lot in class.Ms. Lee,I love you and your classes. They are always interesting and full of surprises. Wish you agood holiday! Well Steve, Ella and I want to improve our English during the holidays. Wehave no idea what to do. Any good advice?Stopping here, Ms. Lee began to think carefully. "Steve spends lots of time rememberingwords, but always forgets most of them quickly. Ella didn't do well in the final exam. She hasto go over her lessons a lot. Mary will go to a writing competition. She needs to read moreand improve her writing in a shortJust then, her phone rang. It was a message from her best friend, an English teacher inanother middle school. Her friend proposed a trip to Hong Kong. Ms. Lee told her she wasavailable, but she wouldn't like to travel because she still had no idea on how to help herstudents. Her friend laughed and soon sent her a picture with a QR code ( 二维码)in it. "It'sall you want J her friend said. Ms. Lee scanned ( 扫描) the code and found it was an English homework project ( 项 目) for the coming winter holiday. As she read it, a bigsmile appeared on her face.562. We can know about Mary from the passage that,A. she was quiet in classC. she dreamed of a relaxing holidayhomework563. Mary wrote the e-mail mainly toA. say sorry to Ms. LeeC. ask Ms. Lee for help564. What was Steve's problem?A. He read too little in EnglishC. He didn't do well in English writingB. she enjoyed her English classesD. she forgot to write her EnglishB. give advice to Ms. LeeD. make friends with Ms. LeeB. He was afraid of English examsD. He couldn't remember English wordswell565. The underlined word “proposed“ in the last paragraph means ""inChinese.A . 申报 B . 庆祝 C . 提议 D . 取消566. Ms. Lee might think the homework project was.A. useful B. common C. difficult D. boring【 答案】562. B563. C564. D565. C566. A【 导语】本文主要是玛丽发电子邮件给李老师寻求帮助的事情。

      562 . 细节理解题根据“I love you and your classes. They are always interesting and fullof surprises.”可知玛丽很喜欢英语课,故选B563 . 细节理解题根据“Well Steve, Ella and I want to improve our English during theholidays. We have no idea what to do. Any good advice?”可知玛丽发电子邮件给李老师是为了寻求帮助,故选C564 . 细节理解题根据“Steve spends lots of time remembering words, but always forgets most of them quickly”可知史蒂夫花了很多时间记住单词,但总是很快忘记大部分单词565 . 词义猜测题根据"a trip to Hong Kong. Ms. Lee told her she was available, but shewouldn't 1 汰e to travel because she still had no idea on how to help her students.“可知是指李老师的朋友建议去香港旅行,故选C。

      566 . 推理判断题根据"Lee scanned ( 扫描) the code and found it was an Englishhomework project ( 项 目) fbr the coming winter holiday. As she read it, a big smile叩peared on her face."( 李老师扫了二维码,发现这是即将到来的寒假的英语作业当她读到时,脸上露出了笑容 )可推知李老师可能认为家庭作业是有用的,故选ANowadays there seems to be an app for everything, and mobile apps have been a part ofour life. The following apps are some of the most popular apps.Ctrip can be the best helper when you feel it hard to buy the train orairline tickets. You can buy tickets anywhere at any time.G BXimalaya Reading has millions of books including poems, short stories,novels and even fairy tales fbr children. Whafs special about it is that you canuse it to download book recording that can be listened to. It has more than 1million valuable resources.Baby Bus is a very good friend for children under three years old. Kidscan learn to speak, understand numbers and draw pictures with the help of thisapp.嘴 琳World Hero may help you learn more English words while you're playinggames, so if you have problems remembering the new words when you learnEnglish, use it!9NUMBWorld of Tanks Blitz, a free-to-play online game with over 40 milliondownloads, brings quick-fire tank fights. 'A lot of tanks, a lot of people and alot of fun/ It will be the best choice to kill your time.567 . Ctrip is a useful app f or . A. playing games B. learningEnglish C. booking tickets D. drawing pictures568 . To remember words in a fun way, i s a good choice. A. CtripBlitzB. World HeroC. Baby BusD. World of Tanks569. The passage is to tell us.A. some popular apps in mobile phonesB. some popular apps in the futureC. some popular ways to record booksD. some popular ways to kill time【 答案】567. C568. B569. A【 分析】本文介绍了五款受欢迎的应用程序。

      567 . 细节理解题根据"Ctrip can be the best helper when you feel it hard to buy the trainor airline tickets”可知,携程是用来订票的有用软件,故选C568 . 细节理解题根据“World Hero may help you learn more English words while you'replaying games”可知,想用有趣的方式记单词用World H ero ,故选Bo569 . 主旨大意题根据“and mobile apps have been a part of our life. The following appsare some of the most popular apps,5 nJ ,本文介绍了上一些受欢迎的应用程序,故选 AoDragon Head Raising Day: time for a haircutChina is a country with many colorful days and festivals. The Dragon Head Raising Day(Longtaitou) is one of them.This special day is on the second day of the second month in the Chinese lunar calendar( 阴历) . It stands for ( 代表) the start of spring and farming. This year, the day fell on March10.The dragon is important in Chinese culture. We Chinese people call ourselves the"descendants ( 传人) of the dragon”. Therefore, people celebrate the Dragon Head RaisingDay with many customs about dragons.On the day in ancient times, people put ashes ( 灰) in the kitchen. This was to "lead thedragon into the house,,. People believed that with the help of the dragon, they could have agood harvest ( 收成) in autumn.Also, people eat special foods on that day. The foods are usually named after dragons.For example, people eat “dragon whisker ( 细须) “ noodles and dumplings called "dragon teeth”.Today, many customs have faded away ( 消退) . But one that has remained is the cuttingof hair. It was said that a haircut during the first lunar month may bring bad luck to themother's brothers. So many people have their hair cut on the Dragon Head Raising Day.570. The Dragon Head Raising Day is one of the festivals.A. English B. French C. Chinese D. American571. was the Dragon Head Raising Day this year.A. March 10 B. February 2 C. March 4 D. March 8572. On the day in ancient times, why did people put ashes in the kitchen?A. Because the dragon liked the ashes. B. Because the ashes stood fbr the harvest.C. Because the ashes led the dragon into the house. D. Because the ashes could bringgood luck.573. One custom that has remained is according to the passage.A. the cutting of hair B. the dragon boating C. to eat Zongzi D. to eatmooncakes574. Which of the following is not true?A. The Dragon Head Raising Day is on the second day of the second month in the Chineselunar calendar.B. The dragon is important in Chinese culture.C. People eat “dragon whisker“ noodles and dumplings called “dragon teeth“ on the DragonHead Raising Day.D. The Dragon Head Raising Day stands fbr the start of spring and harvest.【 答案】570. C571. A572. C573. A574. D【 详解】本文是一篇说明文。

      文章为我们介绍了一个传统的中国节日——龙抬头节1.细节理解题由文章前两句"China is a country with many colorful days and festivals.The Dragon Head Raising Day (Longiaitou) is one of them.”可知龙抬头节是中国的一个节 日故选Co2 . 细节理解题由第二段“This special day is on the second day of the second month in theChinese lunar calendar( 阴历) ...This year, the day fell on March 10.”可知龙抬头节是在每年中国阴历的二月初二,今年是在阳历3 月 10 B o 故选A3 . 细节理解题由第四段前两句“ …people put ashes( 灰) in the kitchen. This was to Meadthe dragon into the house.”可知人们在厨房里放灰是因为他们认为这样可以把龙引进房子里故选C 4 . 细节理解题由第六段第二句话“But one that has remained is the cutting of hair.“可知选Ao5 . 细节理解题。

      由第二段第一句话“This special day is on the second day of the secondmonth in the Chinese lunar calendar( 阴历) .“ 可知A 项正确;由第三段第一句话"Thedragon is important in Chinese culture.”可知 B 项正确;由第五段最后一句”...people eat'dragon whisker( 细须> noodles and dumplings called 'dragon teeth.”可知 C 项正确;由第二段第二句话“It stands fbr( 代表) the start of spring and farming.”可知 D 项内容有误,故选 DLast winter vacation was a little long because of COVID-19. Students had to stay athome and study online. How was their vacation going at home? Wang Litao from YucaiMiddle School made a survey. He asked the students in his school about their vacationactivities.Over half of the students had a good learning plan. 58% of them listened carefully inonline class, and more than 67% could finish homework on time. Only 21% of the studentsdidn't like online classes. Some thought this kind of class was so boring that they had noteacher with them.Yucai Middle School asked students to exercise fbr at least one hour every day.However, I found out that only 15% of the students did as what the teachers told them. 38%played sports twice or three times a week. The other didn't exercise at all. They didn't have agood habit to keep healthy and many of them became much heavier than before.How about the answers to the questions about playing computer games? It was moreserious. Only 15% didn't play them. They were mostly girls. Boys enjoyed playing them verymuch. 68% of the boys played for long hours a day and the others played four to five times aweek.Wang Litao said, “As middle school students, we should make a good learning plan, try to be hard-working online at home. It's better to relax through exercising or doing houseworkthan playing computer gamcs.^^575. What percent of the students listening carefully in online class?A. 21%. B. 38%, C. 58%, D. 67%.576. Why didn't some students like online classes?A. Because they couldn't play with their classmates.B. Because they thought it was not fun to take the lessons.C. Because they didn't like using the Internet on vacation.D. Because there was no computer and Internet in their homes.577. What does the writer think of the result about exercise?A. Wonderful. B. Not bad. C. OK. D. Terrible.578. Which of the following is TRUE about playing computer games?A. 15% of the girls didn't play computer games.B. 68% of the students played computer games fbr a long time a day.C. All the girls didn't like to play computer games.D. Boys liked computer games better than girls.579. What can we know from Wang Litao's words in the last paragraph?A. Studying hard online is more important than exercising.B. Students should make a good plan for study and exercise.C. Students should only study at home on vacation.D. Doing housework and exercising are the most important on vacation.【 答案】575. C576. B577. D578. D579. B【 分析】本文向我们介绍育才中学的学生们假期做了什么。

      575 . 细节理解题根据“58% of them listened carefully in online class”可知,58% 的学生在上网课时认真听讲,故选C576 . 细节理解题根据"Some thought this kind of class was so boring that they had no teacher with them.”可知,有些人认为这种课太无聊了,没有老师陪着他们 故选B5 7 7 .推理判断题根据文章介绍以及“It was more serious.”可知,调查结果非常不好,故选D5 7 8 .推理判断题根据“Only 15% didn't play them. They were mostly girls. Boys enjoyedplaying them very much. 68% of the boys played for long hours a day and the others playedfour to five times a week.”可知,15%的不玩游戏的人中大多是女孩,男孩们非常喜欢玩,所以男孩比女孩更喜欢电脑游戏,故选D。

      5 7 9 .推理判断题根据"As middle school students, we should make a good learning plan,try to be hard-working online at home. It's better to relax through exercising or doinghousework than playing computer games."可知,作为中学生,我们应该制定一个好的学习计划,努力在家上网课,通过锻炼或做家务来放松比玩电脑游戏更好In the weeks leading up to this year's Double Eleven shopping festival, Peng Ling, acollege student, received many advertising messages on her phone. The confusing thing wasthat she never bought things from some of the shops, so how could they know her phonenumber?It can be quite annoying when our personal information is leaked ( 泄露). But it wouldbe even worse if our information is used for crimes.On November 1, the Personal Information Protection Law came into effect in China. Thelaw has detailed rules to strengthen the protection of personal information. The law describespersonal information as any kind of information about people who are or can be identified. Soa person's name, date of birth, ID number, address and phone number are all personalinformation. There are also some kinds of personal information that are considered as“sensitive”, such as fingerprints, faces, religious beliefs, medical health and all data relatingto minors ( 未成年)under 14.According to the law, activities such as collecting, using, processing and trading ofpersonal information will be strictly controlled. One key rule is that those dealing withpersonal information should let users know and get permission ( 许可).Protection of personal information of online platform users is especially stressed.According to a report, the country has more than one billion Internet users and 60 percent ofsurveyed apps had collected users5 information illegally ( 非法地). Many apps wouldcollect users? information even when the app was not in use.For individuals, it's important to realize the importance of protecting personal information. If it's not necessary, don't agree to share personal information. If you find thatyour personal information has been used illegally, you can report to cyberspace ( 网络)administrations ( 管理机构)with evidence.For companies or platforms, they can only handle personal information when there is aspecific puipose. They need to make sure the information is under strict protection. If theybreak the law, they may be fined up to 50 million yuan. People who steal or sell personalinformation will be fined and may face prison time.580. What does the underlined word “confusing“ in Para 1 probably mean?A. Amazing. B. Not clear. C. Interesting. D. Easy tounderstand.581. Which of the following belongs to sensitive personal information according to the law?A. ID numbers. B. Date of birth. C. Phone numbers. D. Fingerprints.582. What does Para 5 want to tell us?A. When apps collect users9 information illegally.B. How many Internet users there are in our country.C. Why protection of personal information is needed.D. How online users protect their personal information.583. What is true according to the passage?A. People should always be careful when sharing personal information.B. Companies can collect personal information before getting permission.C. People who steal or sell personal information will surely be put into prison.D. Activities like collecting and using personal information will not be allowed.【 答案】580. B581. D582. C583. A【 分析】本文主要讲述个人信息泄露的问题。

      国家制定了相关法律保护个人信息5 8 0 .词义猜测题根据"The confusing thing was that she never bought things from someof the shops, so how could they know her phone number?”可知,她没有在商店买东西,但是却收到了广告信息,这很令人困惑,"confusing”意为“ 令人困惑” ,与"notclear”同 义故选Bo581 . 细节理解题根据"There are also some kinds of personal information that areconsidered as 'sensitive', such as fingerprints, faces, religious beliefs, medical health and alldata relating to minors under 14.” 可知,指纹是敏感的个人信息582 . 段落大意题根据“Protection of personal information of online platform users isespecially stressed...Many apps would collect users' infonnation even when the app was notin use.”可知,第五段主要讲述为什么需要保护个人信息。

      故选C583 . 细节理解题根据“For individuals, ifs important to realize the importance ofprotecting personal information. If it9s not necessary, don't agree to share personalinformation.”可知,人们在共享个人信息时应始终小心谨慎,A 选项表述正确故选AoQuestionI have a bad cold. I have a sore throat and a headache. What should I do? Are there anyways to make my throat feel better? 一Rachel, I month agoAdviceMy favorite sore throat “medicine“ is hot water with lemon ( 柠檬) juice andhoney. It works very well.一Wishful Spirit, 2 days agoWash your hands a lot. Rest as much as possible. Also try massaging ( 按摩) yourhead to help make your headache go away.—Julie, I week agoTake medicine as early as possible. Keep warm and get a lot of rest.—Michelle, 2weeks agoTry cold medicine. Gargle ( 漱 口)with warm salt water for your sore throat. Drink alot of water, and try some hot soup.一Samuel, 20 days ago584 . Rachel had a. A. coldD. stomachache585 . What was Wishful Spirit's advice?A. Washing hands a lot.C. Taking medicine as early as possible.B. toothache C. feverB. Gargling with warm salt water.D. Drinking hot water with lemon juice and honey.586. This passage may be f r om.A. a sports newspaper B. a doctor's letter C. the Internet D. an artmagazine【 答案】584. A585. D586. C【 导语】本文是一篇应用文,主要是问题求助及回答。

      5 8 4 .细节理解题根据“I have a bad cold.”可知, 她感冒了,故选A585. 细节理解题根据“My favorite sore throat “medicine" is hot water with lemon ( 柠檬 ) juice and honey.”及“ 一Wishful Spirit, 2 days ago”可知,Wishful Spirit 的建议是喝带蜂蜜和柠檬的热水,故选D5 8 6 .推理判断题根据全文可知,本文是一个问题求助,然后有诸多回复,所以可能是来自于网络,故选CEverybody knows that healthy eating habits are important. Here are five good eatinghabits for you.Drink plenty of water. Drink at least 8 glasses of water a day. You may need even morewater when you are exercising.Don't miss ( 错过) breakfast. Breakfast is the most important meal of a day. You canhave more energy ( 精力) after eating breakfast.Eat light ( 清淡的) lunch every day. If you don't have enough time to have a big meal,take some bread with you for a quick lunch. Don't eat lunch which has too much oil. If youdon't have lunch, that will be bad for your health.Eat fruit and vegetables. We should eat fruit and vegetables every day. Add a banana toyour breakfast, have salad for lunch, and eat some vegetables at dinner. If someone doesn'tlike to eat vegetables, he or she can eat some fruit instead.Don't eat dinner late. Try to have dinner at least 3 hours before you go to bed. Your bodyneeds time to digest most of the food before you rest for 8 hours.587. If you are exercising, you may need.A. some breadB. lots of meetC. 10 glasses of water D. no water 588. The writer asks us not to.A. eat light lunch B. miss breakfast C. eat vegetables D. have dinnerearly589. If your friend Sam doesn't like to eat carrots or onions, he can have instead.A. some milk B. some eggs C. some meat D. some fruit590. The underlined word “digest" means ""in Chinese.A . 消化 B . 排泄 C . 品尝 D . 加热591. Which is NOT healthy according to the passage?A. Helen always has light lunch every day.B. We should eat fruit and vegetables every day.C. Sally is so busy that she never eats lunch.D. Peter drinks at least 8 glasses of water a day.【 答案】587. C588. B589. D590. A591. C【 导语】本文是一篇说明文。

      作者主要给出了五种好的饮食习惯587 . 细节理解题根据第二段“Drink plenty of water. Drink at least 8 glasses of water aday. You may need even more water when you are exercising.“可知,每天至少喝 8 杯水如果你正在锻炼,你可能需要至少10杯水588 . 细节理解题根据第三段"Don't miss ( 错过) breakfast. Breakfast is the mostimportant meal of a day. ” 可知,不要错过早餐,因为早餐是一天中最重要的一餐故选Bo589 . 细节理解题根据第五段“If someone doesn't like to eat vegetables, he or she can eatsome fruit instead.”可知,如果有人不喜欢吃蔬菜,可以吃一些水果代替蔬菜故选Do590 . 词句猜测题根据最后一段“Try to have dinner at least 3 hours before you go tobed.“可知,尽量在睡觉前至少3 小时吃晚饭。

      在你休息8 小时之前,你的身体需要时间消化大部分食物 591. 细节理解题根据“If you don't have lunch, that will be bad fbr your health.”可知,如果不吃午饭,那将对你的健康有害What is Andy going to do when he has no schooling? Look at what he writes!April 1: Fruit picking timeWhy not wear comfortable( 舒服的) clothes and pick fruit with Mum and Dad? UncleLiu's farm is a wonderful place for a day out.April 8: Museum tourGo to the art museum. Learn about the culture and history of our city.April 15: English dayTry to speak English with Mum and Dad fbr a whole day. I can use pictures or bodylanguage( 语言) to help myself if they don't understand.April 22: Super partyApril is the best time to hold a party in the garden. Td like my best friends to come tomy home. We can play games for a great time!May 1 :Take photos( It's May Day holiday.)Take a trip outside the city with friends and take pictures. Spending time in nature ( 自然) is good, too.May 6: Be a volunteerIt is cool to go to the community centre and work for others.592. The reading above( 上面的) is about plans for.A. Andy's lessons B. Andy's school daysC. Andy's school activities D. Andy's weekends or holidays593. On April 15, Andy.A. is going to a farmB. plans to work as a volunteerC. isn't going to speak any EnglishD. plans to practise English with his parents594. Andy is going to learn about the history of his city.A. on April 1 B. on April 8C. on April 15 D. on April 22595. Andy isn't going to in April.A. pick fruit B. have a party C. be a volunteerD. go to the garden596. Which of the following is TRUE?A. Andy plans to take photos in the city.B. Andy wants to invite his cousins to his party.C. Andy is going to the history museum this April.D. Andy likes to visit his uncle's farm to pick fruit.【 答案】592. D593. D594. B595. C596. D【 分析】本文介绍了 Andy的假期生活。

      592 . 细节理解题根据“What is Andy going to do when he has no schooling”可 矢 口 ,本文介绍了 Andy放假的生活,故选D593 . 细节理解题根据"April 15: English day...Try to speak English with Mum and Dadfor a whole day”可知,这一天他与父母练习英语,故选D594 . 细节理解题根据"April 8: Museum tour"与“Go to the art museum. Learn about theculture and history of our city”可知,4 月 8 日这天去博物馆了解城市文化和历史,故选Bo595 . 细节理解题根据“May 6: Bea volunteer”可知,做志愿者是五月份的事情,故选Co596 . 推理判断题根据"Uncle Liu's farm is a wonderful place for a day out”可知,他喜欢去叔叔的农场摘水果,D 表述正确,故选DWhen McGregor went surfing ( 冲浪) , he left his pet goat Goatee at home. But Goateecried all the time, so McGregor took her to the beach and taught her to surf. To his surprise,Goatee surfed well. Then he always takes Goatee to his surf camps.McGregor, 42, works as a coach ( 教练) . He now teaches children how to surf. Goateehelps children not to be afraid of water. When Goatee goes surfing with kids, many peoplewatch on the beach, taking photos and videos. 1 O-year-old Mileah is one of McGregor'sstudents. He said, “I was scared at first, but I think it's really fiin after I keep on doing it.” “We are just trying to bring hope to people's hearts through surfing. You can feel free,^^said McGregor. tfcSo I want everyone to have a try.”根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。

      597. How did McGregor feel when he found Goatee surfed well?A. Happy.B. Surprised.Bored.598. What do people do when they watch Goatee surf?A. Take photos and videos. B. Sing and dance.Surf with kids.599. What did Mileah think of surfing at first?A. Fun.B. Scary.Exciting.600. Which is NOT true about Goatee?A. Goatee is ten years old.B. Goatee is helpful to McGregor's students.C. Goatee often goes to McGregor's surf camps.【 答案】597. B598. A599. B600. A【 分析】文章讲述了一个冲浪教练McGregor有一只宠物羊叫G oatee,它学会了冲浪并做的很好,它还帮助McGregor的学生克服了对水的恐惧。

      597 . 细节理解题根据第一段“To his surprise, Goatee surfed well.”可知,当 McGregor发现他的宠物羊Goatee冲浪很好时,他很惊讶598 . 细节理解题根据第二段中“When Goatee goes surfing with kids, many peoplewatch on the beach, taking photos and videos.“可知,当 Goatee 冲浪时,许多人在海滩上观看,拍照和录像599 . 细节理解题根据第二段中“He said, 4 was scared at first, but I think it's really funafter I keep on doing it」 ” 可知,Mileah一开始觉得冲浪很可怕,但是坚持下去之后,他觉得真的很有趣600 . 推理判断题根据第二段中“Goatee helps children not to be afraid of water.”可知,Goatee能够帮助孩子们不害怕水,所以它对McGregor的学生们是有帮助的;根据第一段中“Then he always takes Goatee to his surf camps.”可知,McGregor 总是带着 Goatee 去冲浪营地;根据第二段中“10-year-old Mileah is one of McGregor's students.”可知,10岁的是McGregor的一个学生而不是Goateeo故选AoIn July, my daughter Becky graduated from Washington High School. During the graduationparty, one of her classmates gave a simple speech that I will remember. She talked about the“givers“ of this world. She said, “You are a success if you make another person smile. If youare a friend to someone who needs a little help, you get an 'A'!"After the party, when all the students were outside the hall trying to find their parents andfriends, a man and his wife came to me and asked if I was Becky's mom. I said yes and theman handed me a gift and told me how much they would like thank Becky for her kindness totheir daughter, Jessica, during the school sports meeting the week before.Jessica's left leg was hurt and she was not able to finish the up-hill race. Becky was worriedabout her and kept going back to check on her. Jessica's dad told me that Becky had shownmore kindness for her daughter than even the coach, and that he and his wife would neverforget her kindness. Of course, by this time I had tears in my eyes, I was so proud of her.I asked her, “So, does Becky get an 'A'?"He just smiled and said, “She gets an 'A'!"601. The speech the writer will always remember is a bout .A. how to succeed B. helping othersC. how to study well D. making friends602. After the party, Jessica's parents looked for the writer to.A. give her a gift from BeckyB. ask her how to get an "A”C. learn about Jessica's behaviorD. thank Becky's kindness for Jessica603. Jessica during the sports meeting.A. hurt Becky's leg B. fell from the hillC. hurt her left leg D. lost the race604. Which of the following is the best title( 题目) for this passage?A. She gets an "A" B. A graduation partyC. A popular girl D. An excellent mother【 答案】601. B 602. D603. C604. A【 分析】试题分析:这篇短文主要介绍了作者作为母亲参加了女儿的毕业派对,在聚会上听到了一个孩子关于帮助他人的演讲,而作者的女儿就是一个热心帮助他人的人,这让作者感到骄傲。

      601 . 归 纳理解题根据短文描述可知作者总是能记住的是关于给予的演讲,即帮助其他人,故选B602 . 细节理解题根据第二段 the man handed me a gift and told me how much theywould like thank Becky for her kindness to their daughter, Jessica,故选 Do603 . 推理判断题根据第三段 Jessica's left leg was hurt and she was not able to finish theup-hill race.故选 C604 . 标题归纳题根据短文大意,及对比选项,可知She gets an 更能体现妈妈的感受及文章的深意,故选A考点:故事类短文阅读Now more and more people like to have a camping trip. They go out for a picnic. Buthow to prepare a picnic, the following suggestions may be helpful.Pack your foods解Before you set off, check if your food box is closed tight ( 紧紧地) . If it's ahot summer day, a cool box will be used for keeping your picnic foods. Don't forget to packcups or bottles for drinks. Having a picnic is one of the great joys in summer. Before you startlooking for a shady ( 阴凉的) place to eat your sandwiches, there are some things you shouldthink about.Food safetyYou should keep things like meat pies, fish and dairy dishes ( 乳品菜肴) in coldboxes. You'd better keep your foods on ice for as long as possible before you eat them. Finally,carry some hand sanitizers ( 洗手液) . Make sure that everyone's hands are clean before theytouch the foods.Delicious snacksAfter you have prepared the main dishes, it's time to pack some snacks. Chips, chocolate bars and cookies are nice picnic snacks. They are very delicious, of course. Butbe careful not to eat too many of them.605. According to the article, before starting out for a picnic, you s h o u l d . A. finda shady place B. bring a warm boxC. make sure your hands are clean D. make sure your food box is shut tight606. Remember to pack cups and bottles for.A. fish B. meat pies C. drinks D. dairy dishes607. According to the writer, good picnic snacks didn't i n c l u d e .A. chips B. chocolate bars C. cookies D. sandwiches608. Which of the following is TRUE?A. In winter, having a picnic is one of the great joys.B. A cool box is useful when you go for a picnic.C. You should prepare main dishes after having packed snacks.D. You can eat as many snacks as you want.【 答案】605. D606. C607. D608. B【 导语】本文主要讲述了如何准备野餐。

      605 . 细节理解题根据“Befbre you set off, check if your food box is closed tight.”可知,在你出发之前,检查你的食品盒是否关得严实;故选D606 . 细节理解题根据"Don't forget to pack cups or bottles for drinks.“可知, 杯子或瓶子是用来装饮料的;故选C607 . 细节理解题根据"Chips, chocolate bars and cookies are nice picnic snacks.“可知,薯片、巧克力棒和饼干都是不错的野餐零食;故选D608 . 细节理解题根据"If it's a hot summer day, a cool box will be used for keeping yourpicnic foods.”可知,如果是一个炎热的夏天,冷臧箱会被用来保存你的野餐食物;因此冷臧箱是有用的;故选B Lucy is a middle school student. She really likes slow music. But sometimes, her friendlikes sharing her favorite rock music with her. But Lucy just doesn9t like it. "I want to tell herthat I have different tastes in music”, Lucy said. "But I am worried this may make her feelbad and break our friendship. What can I do?”Everyone has different likes and dislikes. They make you a different person from others.It is okay to express (表达)yourself. You are sharing yourself with others in this way. But ifyou want to know how to express yourself properly, then the following tips can help you a lot.First, listen carefully to the other person. A lthough you want to explain yourself verymuch, listening to someone else explain their thoughts first will help keep the talk. calm. Youwill also know their ideas better.Next, express in a good way. Remember, you're not trying to start a fight. Winning orlosing is not the point. Don't try to make your friend think like you.Lastly and most importantly, show your friends that although you disagree onsomething, you still like him. This can stop both of you from becoming too emotional ( 情绪化的).You may have different thoughts about things with many people, like your parents andfriends. In fact, this can be a good thing. You can even leam from it. A lso, expressingdifferent ideas makes you look more confident. That confidence can help build a better youover time. So just express your real thoughts to others next time.609. From the passage we can know that Lucy doesn't want toA . talk to her best friend B. make friends with othersC. hurt her friend^ feelings D. share things with her friend610. The writer wrote Lucy's story in Paragraph 1 is to for this passage.A . talk about the main idea B . interest the readersC. add more details ( 细节) D. give an example611. What's the best title for this article?A . Different Tastes, Different Lives. B . Tips on Friendship Improvement.C. Stay True, Keep Growing. D. Ways to Communicate with Friends.612. If we put the passage into three parts, which of the following is the best?( ①=Para ( 自然段)1 ②=Para.2 ③=Para.3 @ =Para.4 ⑤=Para.5 @=Para.6)A . ①②;③④⑤;⑥B . ①;②③④⑤;⑥ C . ①;②;③④⑤⑥D .①②; 豌; ⑤⑥【 答案】609. C610. D611. D612. A【 导语】本文介绍了 Lucy和朋友因在音乐喜好方面存在分歧而感到困惑以及作者就此提供的一些建议。

      609 .细节理解题根据"But I am worried this may make her feel bad and break ourfriendship.”可知,Lucy不想伤害朋友的感情610 .推理判断题通读文章可知,本文主要介绍了和朋友出现意见分歧时,如何正确的表达自己,和朋友进行良好沟通文章第一段介绍了 Lucy和朋友因为音乐的喜好不同而倍感烦恼,这正是体现文章主题的例子,故第一段的主要作用是给出例子故选Do611 .最佳标题题根据"But if you want to know how to express yourself properly, thenthe following tips can help you a lot.”及全文可知,本文主要介绍了和朋友意见不一时,如何有效正确的沟通;故"Ways to Communicate with Friends.”可作为本文标题故选D„612 .篇章结构题通读全文可知,文章第一、二段为文章主题做铺垫,介绍人们会和朋友或他人存在意见不一的现象;第三、四、五段为如何与朋友良好沟通提供了建议;最后一段对全文进行概括总结,升华全文。

      故选A©Nowadays, we are having a much busier life, and we are using our eyes more than everbefore. So we often have tired eyes after a day's work or study. Here are some good methodsof protecting eyes against tiredness to keep them healthy.POSTURE ( 坐姿)Get into the habit of paying attention to the way you sit. Try to stick to the properposture that doctors suggest.HELPFUL PICTURES There are some special pictures online that can help relax your eyes. You may downloadsuch pictures to your computer or smart phone. When there is nothing far away you can lookat to relax your eyes, you can use one of these pictures. A picture with something like a tunnel( 隧道)in it is quite popular. Try to look as far into the tunnel as you can for 30 seconds( 秒 ). Do you feel better?BREAKSThe 20-20-20 rule: take a break from the screen every 20 minutes for 20 seconds andlook at something 20 feet ( about 6 meters) away.EYE EXERCISESStep 1. Sitting comfortably, imagine there is a clock in front of you and turn your eyesup to 12 o'clock. Pause ( 停顿)for a second, and then lower your eyes to 6 o'clock. Pauseagain, and then repeat this step 10 times. Complete the exercise by cupping your hands overyour eyes for a few seconds, letting them rest in the darkness.Step 2. Look at something on the right. Keep your eyes on it and slowly turn your headto the left as far as possible. Then do the same thing on the left. Repeat the exercise a coupleof times.Step 3. Hold your finger in front of your nose and keep looking at it. Slowly move thefinger towards yourself as close as you can without losing focus ( 焦点).Then look outsidethe window as far as possible. Repeat this several times.SPORTSTable tennis is about a small ball traveling at high speed- the best sport to train youreyes and relax the muscles ( 肌肉)in and around the eyes. Other sports like tennis,badminton and kite flying are also great fbr relaxing tired eyes.613. Which of the following methods of protecting eyes is NOT mentioned in the passage?A. Having the proper posture. B. Looking at something green.C. Following the 20-20-20 rule. D. Playing some kinds of sports.614. According to the passage, which of the following pictures can help relax your eyes?n615. What does the underlined word “them” refer to ( 指代)? A. Your eyes.B. Your hands.C. The doctors. D. The exercises.616. As for eye exercises, which of the following is TRUE?A. In Step 1, you must have a large clock in front of you.B. In Step 2, you should turn left when you look to the right.C. In Step 3, you should move your finger as far as you can.D. After finishing each step, you should repeat it a few times.617. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?A. We must take a break every 20 minutes. B. How to do eye exercises properly.C. Ways to protect eyes against tiredness. D. People have tired eyes very easily.【 答案】613. B614. D615. A616. D617. C【 分析】本文主要讲述了保护眼睛避免疲劳的几种方法。

      613 . 推理判断题根据"Get into the habit of paying attention to the way you sit.”, “ The20-20-20 rule: take a break from the screen every 20 minutes fbr 20 seconds and look atsomething 20 feet ( about 6 meters) away." 以及“ Table tennis is about a small ball travelingat high speed- the best sport to train your eyes and relax the muscles in and around the eyes.”可知,文中提到要有正确的坐姿、遵循20-20-20制度以及做一些运动,B 选项“ 看绿色的东西” 没有提到614 . 细节理解题根据“A picture with something like a tunnel in it is quite popular.“可知,可以看一幅像隧道一样的画来让眼睛放松,D 选项的画符合。

      故选D615 . 推理判断题o 根据“Complete the exercise by cupping your hands over your eyes fbr afew seconds, letting them rest in the darkness.”可知,完成练习的方法是将手放在眼睛上几秒钟,让眼睛在黑暗中休息,此处的“thenT指的是眼睛616 . 细节理解题根据“Complete the exercise by cupping your hands over your eyes for afew seconds" "Repeat the exercise a couple of times."以及“Repeat this several times.“可 知,这三个步骤都应该重复几次,D 选项表述正确6 1 7 . 最佳标题题通读全文可知,本文主要讲述了保护眼睛避免疲劳的几种方法,所以C 选项“ 保护眼睛不疲劳的方法” 是本文最佳标题故选CoMost people want to be happy, but few know how to find happiness. Money and successalone do not bring lasting happiness. Aristotle, a Greek thinker, said, "'Happiness dependsupon ourselves.^^ In other words, we make our own happiness. Here are a few suggestions tohelp you be happier.The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in life. Too often, we spend somuch time thinking about the future- for example, getting into college or getting a goodjob一that we fail to enjoy the present. You should enjoy life5s simple pleasures, such asreading a good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time with close friends.People who have several close friends often live happier and healthier lives.Another secret to living a happy life is to be active, and have hobbies where you forgetyour problems and time. Many people experience this dancing, or playing a sport, such asswimming. You can forget about your problems, and only think about the activity.Finally, many people find happiness in helping others. Studies show that people feelgood when they spend their time helping others. If you want to feel happier, do good thingsfor someone. You can help a friend with his or her studies, go shopping to buy food for anelderly person, or simply help out around the house by washing the dishes.618. How many pieces of advice on happiness does the writer give us?A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.619. Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage?A. Reading a good book.C. Playing a sport.B. Traveling to a foreign country.D. Spending time with close friends.620. Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage? D.621. What's the passage mainly about?A. The Secrets of Happiness B. Money and HappinessC. Ways to Help Others D. Friends and Happiness【 答案】618. C619. B620. C621. A【 导语】本文主要讲述了如何让自己更快乐的三条建议。

      6 1 8 .细节理解题根据"The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in liffe.”和“Another secret to living a happy life is to be active, and have hobbies"和"Finally, manypeople find happiness in helping others..”可知,本文一共给出了三条建议故选 Co6 1 9 .细节理解题根据第二段中提到的"reading a good book, listening to your favoritemusic, or spending time with close fiiends.”以及第三段中提到的"playing a sport”可知, 文章中没有提到的内容是“ 去国外旅游工故选B620 . 篇章结构题根据整个文章的理解可知,第一段总体指出有一些建议要提出;第二、三、四段分别从不同的方面介绍了三个建议,所以本文是总分结构621 . 主旨大意题本文提了三条建议,建议人们如何让自己更快乐,故选A。

      Do you know Open Farm Sunday? It is a new day in Britain. It is the fourth nationalopen day for the farming industry ( 产业) . Now it is getting more and more popular amongpeople, especially among young people.It is said that about 425 farms opened their gates to the public. The farmers invitedpeople to their farms. Many people help the farmers work on the farms. They can do manythings over there, such as watering the crops ( 庄稼) and gathering the crops. People couldfind the pleasure of farming.Open Farm Sunday is a good chance to enjoy the life of countryside, especially forpeople living in the cities. If you come to the farm, you will fall in love with the country life.Here you can listen to the birds, enjoy the beautiful view ( 景色) of countryside, breathe the fresh air and watch the crops grow. You can also work with the farmers and taste the produce,such as tomatoes and cucumbers ( 黄瓜) .One farmer said, “Welcome children to our farms. We will show you where your foodcomes622. How many farms opened their gates to the public according to the passage?A. About 405. B. About 425. C. About 455. D. About 542.623. What can visitors do on the farms according to the passage?A. They can enjoy the beautiful view of countryside.B. They can watch the crops grow.C. They can work with the farmers and taste the produce.D. All of the above.624. In the last paragraph, the farmer said they would show us.A. how to work on the farm B. where we could grow cropsC. where our food came from D. the pleasure of farming625. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?A. Open Farm Sunday is a new day in the USA.B. It is the first national open day for the farming industry.C. The people living in the countryside invited farmers to join them.D. Open Farm Sunday is a good chance to enjoy the life of countryside.【 答案】622. B623. D624. C625. D【 导语】本文介绍了英国的农场开放日,这是一个去享受乡下生活的好机会,你可以在农场上欣赏美景、看作物生长、和农民一起劳动并品尝农产品。

      622 . 细节理解题根据"It is said that about 425 farms opened their gates to the public.“可知,大约有425家农场为公众敞开了他们的大门,故选B623 . 细节理解题根据“Here you can listen to the birds, enjoy the beautiful view ofcountryside, breathe the fresh air and watch the crops grow. You can also work with thefarmers and taste the produce, such as tomatoes and cucumbers.'' 可知,游客可以在农场上 欣赏美景、看作物生长、和农民一起劳动并且品尝农产品,故选D624 . 细节理解题根据“Welcome children to our farms. We will show you where yourfood comes from.”可知,他们会向学生展示我们的食物是从哪里来的,故选C625 . 细节理解题。

      根据“Open Farm Sunday is a good chance to enjoy the life ofcountryside, especially for people living in the cities”可知,农场开放日是一个享受乡村生活的好机会,故选DLaughing is one of the best things you can do to cheer yourself up. So I actively make ahabit to laugh regularly — and I think you should, too.Laughter is good fbr your health. It's also good for personal development. Laughter canimprove sleep, increase creative thinking, and provide an environment that increases learningas well.You might think that all this sounds encouraging, but you just don't have many chancesto laugh in your own life. The good news is that you don't have to wait fbr laughter to appearin your life. Here are a few suggestions to get you started.Find chances to laugh all through the day.Think of funny things at some moments during the day. Instead of thinking about yourproblems, think of a funny experience, a funny joke, or something funny that you saw in amovie or TV show. Replay it in your mind as you do housework, wait in line, or otheractivities that leave your mind free.Exaggerate ( 夸张) your laughter.When someone says something funny, don't just smile —— laugh out loud. Everyonearound you will laugh more and that will get you laughing more also. What's more, theperson who shares the funny thing will feel so happy.If you are watching a funny show on TV and it makes you laugh, don't just give a smallhalf-hearted laugh. Give a loud laughter! It^ just you and the TV.Turn your complaints ( 抱怨) into funny stories.Instead of complaining about life's difficulties, make up a funny story about them, andtell them to your friends.YouHl laugh twice. Once as you find “the fianny" in what has happened to you, and againwhen you actually tell it to your friends. And your story will make your friends laugh. Soyour bad experience has a silver lining — it is putting a lot more laughter into the world.Laugh and the world laughs with you. Not only does laughter improve your health, but you can also use laughter to help others.Don't keep all the laughter to yourself. Let everyone have the benefits of laughter. You canuse laughter to make everyone around you feel more cheerful and hopeful, and perhapsimprove your experience with them.626. What's Paragraph 2 mainly about?A. The art of laughter. B. The advantages of laughter.C. The ways to make people laugh more. D. The reasons why laughter is good forhealth.627. The expression “a silver lining,, in Paragraph 8 probably me ans .A. something disappointing B. something trueC. something terrible D. something good628. What can we learn from the passage?A. Sharing your laughter with friends is meaningful.B. Do some funny things before thinking of problems.C. It's strange to laugh out loud when a person is alone.D. People always make up funny stories about their complaints.【 答案】626. B627. D628. A【 导语】本文主要介绍了笑对人的好处,并给出了几点关于“ 笑' ' 的建议。

      626 . 主旨大意题根据"Laughter is good for your health. Ifs also good for personaldevelopment.”可知,笑对健康有好处,对人的发展也有好处;故本段主要介绍了笑的优点627 . 词句猜测题根据后文“it is putting a lot more laughter into the world”可知,你的糟糕经历会给世界带来笑声,可推知你的这种经历是一种“ 好的事情” 628 . 推理判断题根据最后一段"You can use laughter to make everyone around you feelmore cheerful and hopeful, and perhaps improve your experience with them.“可知, 笑声可以让周围的人感到愉快和充满希望,对他们有好处,故推知和朋友分享笑也是有意义的If you want to deal with the association( 交往) between boys and girls properly, here are some “dos and don,ts^^ for you to follow.Keep a normal and healthy state of mind. Our schools and classes are made up of boysand girls. It is very natural for the boys and girls to make friends with each other. We shouldmake as many friends as possible. We should get along with the other sex in public instead ofin secret.Don't be too nervous or too shy. If you are a shy person, you can also find a way out.First of all, you can make friends with the students who have the same interest and hobby asyou. As both of you have much in common, you may have much to talk about. If you keepdoing like that, little by little, you will gladly find you are also as free to express yourself asothers.Don't fall into the ditch of early love. Boys and girls in adolescence ( 青春期) are rich infeelings. They are easy to regard the friendship as a sign of love and fall in love with eachother at an early age. In my opinion, early love is a green apple that can't be eaten. An applewon't taste sweet until it is fully ripe. Boys and girls at middle school are too young to carrythe heavy duty of love. Do keep out of early love.629. Whafs the main idea of the passage?A. To tell students to keep away from early love.B. To give some advice on how to associate between boys and girls.C. To tell students how to make friends.D. To teach boys how to talk with girls.630. We should get along with the other sex in the following ways E X C E P T .A. with a good state of mind B. in real friendship C. in publicD. in secret631. If you are a shy person, you can.A. find friends with the same interest and hobby firstB. only have a few friends of the same sexC. not make friends with the other sexD. not fall in love with other students easily632. What does the underlined word "ditch" mean?A . 波浪 B . 泥潭 C . 圈套 D . 树枝633. A person at adolescence is.A. complicated( 复杂的) in feelings B. good at making friends with each other C. old enough to fall in love D. easy to regard the friendship as a sign oflove【 答案】629. B630. D631. A632. B633. D【 导语】本文主要介绍一些男生和女生之间社交方面的建议。

      629 . 主旨大意题根据"If you want to deal with the association( 交往) between boys andgirls properly, here are some "dos and don,ts^^ for you to follow.”可知,本文主要讲述男生和女生之间社交方面的建议630 . 细节理解题根据“We should get along with the other sex in public instead of insecret."可知,我们和异性相处时应是公开的,而不是秘密的,故选D631 . 细节理解题 o 根据“If you are a shy person, you can also find a way out. First of all,you can make friends with the students who have the same interest and hobby as you.“可知,如果你是一个害羞的人,你应该与跟你有同样兴趣爱好的人交朋友632 . 词义猜测题根据"Boys and girls at middle school are too young to carry the heavyduty of love.”可知,中学生太小而不能承担爱的责任,因此早恋应是一个泥潭,青少年不应该陷入,所以单词“ditch”指的是“ 泥潭” ,故选B。

      633 . 细节理解题根据“Boys and girls in adolescence ( 青春期) are rich in feelings. Theyare easy to regard the friendship as a sign of love and fall in love with each other at an earlyage.”可知,处于青春期的男生和女生很容易认为友谊是爱的标志,然后在很小的年龄就彼此相爱After leaving home and starting his first job, David stayed in touch with his mother.David had just moved into his first apartment in the city, far from their village home. Hethought that he should invite his mother to the city and show her around. He called her andmade plans for her to come to the city on July 7th- a Tuesday.July 7th came around and David went to the train station to pick up his mom. But shedidn't show up ( 出现). David called her and asked what was going on. She said, "Oh, Ichecked my calendar and it said July 7th was a Sunday! Tm sorry, dear. Can you come back to pick me up on Sunday?”Of course, David didn't mind. However, he worried about his mom, who had alwaysbeen good at remembering important dates. He asked, “Mom, how did you confuse ( 混淆)the date?”“The thing is, I'm still using last year's calendar. I know it's silly, but it's the last thingyour dad gave to me before he died. When the new year came, I didn't want to throw it away.I've missed a few appointments ( 约定), but I don't miss them almost as much as I missyour father.v634. Why did David invite his mother to come over?A. Because he lived far from his village home.B. Because he didn't hear from her for a long time.C. Because he wanted his mother to forget his father.D. Because he wanted to show his mother around the city.635. When should David's mother come along as planned?A. On Tuesday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Saturday. D. On Sunday.636. How did David feel about his mother's no-show?A. He was angry. B. He didn't care. C. He was worried. D. He was scared.637. Why didn't David's mother appear as planned?A. Because she forgot the exact date.B. Because she went to the wrong station.C. Because she used last year's calendar.D. Because she thought David would pick her up from home.【 答案】634. D635. A636. C637. C【 导语】本文主要讲述了 David想母亲来城里参观,但由于母亲使用着去年的日历,日期是不准确的,因此没有出现在火车站。

      6 3 4 .细节理解题根据"He thought that he should invite his mother to the city and showher around.”可知,想带母亲参观这个城市;故选D 635 . 细节理解题根据“He called her and made plans for her to come to the city on July7th—a Tuesday.”可知,在 7 月 7 日的一个星期二;故选A636 . 细节理解题根据"Of course, David didn't mind. However, he worried about hismom, who had always been good at remembering important dates. ” 可知,担心他的妈妈;故选C637 . 细节理解题根据"The thing is, I'm still using last year's calendar.”可知, 使用的是去年的日历,因此没有按照原计划出现;故选CDon't want to miss the train? Here are some steps to follow!★ Enter the railway station. There are X-ray machines at the gate of each railwaystation. All the luggage ( 行李) has to be passed through to examine for dangerous things.Once you put your luggage on the machine, please go to the other side and get it quickly incase that your luggage is taken either by mistake or on purpose.★ Find the right waiting room. After you enter the railway station, you should findthe hall where your train is going to leave from. There are always electronic boards at therailway station with information shown in Chinese. You can find your waiting roomaccording to the information given on your train ticket, or you can ask a member of staff( 工作人员) for help if you are in trouble with Chinese.★ Get onto the platform ( 月 台) . In most cases, check-in starts 30 minutes before thetrain leaves if it is the starting station. So you are advised to arrive at the station one hourearly. If it is not a starting station, check in starts when the train arrives, then you just needto be 30 minutes early. You will be informed by radio then. Remember to take all yourluggage!★ Board the train. The train number and the carriage ( 车厢) number are shownoutside the train clearly; So it is easy to find your carriage. There is a member of staff atthe door of each carriage to whom you are required to show your ticket. If you board onthe wrong carriage, he/she will guide you to the right one.638. The information on the train ticket tells a p a s s e n g e r . A . which waiting roomto go to B. where to find an electronic boardC. who to ask for help at the station D. what the Chinese on the boards means 639. For G68 from Guangzhou to Beijing which starts out at 11:15 and arrives Wuhan at15:28, checkin at Wuhan station st ar t s.A. at 10:45 B. at 14:28 C. at 14:58 D. at 15:28640. Which of the following is TRUE?A. All the trains leave from the same hall at a railway station.B. If you are in the wrong carriage, you will be asked to get off the train.C. It's possible that your luggage may be taken by others when it is examined.D. You can find your carriage easily because each carriage has a different color.【 答案】638. A639. D640. C【 导语】本文主要介绍了坐火车的一些流程和注意事项。

      638 . 细节理解题根据"You can find your waiting room according to the infbrmaMongiven on your train ticket”可知火车票上的信息告诉乘客该去哪个候车室,故选A639 . 细节理解题根据“If it is not a starting station, check-in starts when the train arrives^^可知如果不是始发站,在火车到达时办理检票,广州至北京的G68列 车 11:15出发,15:28到达武汉,所以武汉不是始发站,即 在 15:28办理检票,故选D640 . 细节理解题根据“Once you put your luggage on the machine, please go to the otherside and get it quickly in case that your luggage is taken either by mistake or on purpose.“可知检查时你的行李有可能被别人拿走Sixteen years ago, a boy gave me an important gift. It was a smile.It was the early autumn of my first year at a middle school, and my old school was faraway. As a result, no one knew who I was. I was very lonely, and afraid to speak to anyone.Every time 1 heard the other students talking and laughing, I felt my heart broken. I couldn'ttalk with anyone about my problems.Then one day, when my classmates were talking happily with their friends, I was sittingat my desk unhappily as usual. At that moment a boy entered the classroom. I didn't knowwho he was. He passed by me and then turned back. He looked at me with a smile.Suddenly, I felt the touch of something bright and friendly. It made me feel happy andwarm. That smile changed my life. I started to talk with other students and make friends. Day by day, I became closer to everyone in my class. The boy with the lucky smile has becomemy best friend now.One day I asked him why he had smiled, but he couldn't remember doing so!It doesn't matter because all the dark days have gone. I believe that the world is whatyou think it is. If you think it is cloudy, you might always be alone. So smile at the world andit will smile back.根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。

      641. When did the writer get the gift?A. At the age of 16. B. After making friends with the boy.C. In the first year at a middle school. D. After becoming closer to everyone inthe class.642. How did the writer feel when he first came to the new school?A. Excited. B. Lonely. C. Happy. D. Worried.643. What did the writer get from a boy one day?A. A book. B. A smile. C. A letter. D. A card.644. How did the writer change after getting the special gift?A. He started to make friends. B. He became the best student in class.C. He started to fight with his classmates. D. He was more interested in his lessons.645. What can we infer ( 推断)from the passage?A. If you are lonely, nobody would like to make friends with you. B. It's difficult to geton well with new classmates.C. Be kind to others, and others will be kind to you. D. Best friends are like books.【 答案】641. C642. B643. B644. A645. C【 分析】本文主要讲述了作者多年前到一个新学校,刚开始感到很孤独,后来因为一个男孩的微笑让他慢慢的开始和其他同学交流的经历。

      641. 细节理解题根据“It was the early autumn of my first year at a middle school”可 知,作者在中学的第一年收到了礼物故选c 642 . 细节理解题根据“ was very lonely, and afraid to speak to anyone.“可知,作者第一次到新学校时感到很孤独643 . 细节理解题根据“Sixteen years ago, a boy gave me an important gift. It was asmile.”以及“He looked at me with a smile.”可知,作者从男孩那里得到了一个微笑故选 B644 . 细节理解题根据“That smile changed my life. I started to talk with other studentsand make friends.”可知,作者得到特殊的礼物之后,开始交朋友645 . 推理判断题本文主要讲述了作者多年前到一个新学校,刚开始感到很孤独,后来因为一个男孩的微笑让他慢慢的开始和其他同学交流的经历,所以善待他人,别人也会善待你。

      故选CDear Sue,I have so many things to do every day. Besides my schoolwork every weekday, I go to achess club twice a week. I often have to help my younger cousin. She just started primaryschool and has some difficulties in Maths. On top of all that, I have classes in dance, piano,art... I like doing lots of different things, but I'm so busy! Yesterday, I fell asleep during class.I was so embarrassed. What should I do? Can you help me?A Tired GirlDear Tired Girl,Sorry to hear about your trouble. You are such a busy kid!I think you should take some time to think carefully about your plan. You can list all thethings you need to do each week in a notebook. Can you do all of these things and get enoughrest to stay healthy? If not, decide what things must be done and what can be dropped fromyour list.Here are some other tips that may help you:•Plan your study time for each subject and do a review every weekend.•Organize your notes right after classes.• Take a few minutes every evening to check how your plan is going.Making a good plan is half the work itself.Best of luckSue646. A Tired Girl is a person who. A. is active and busy B. likes doing sports C. is poor at Maths D. often sleeps inclass647. Which suggestion does Sue give to Tired Girl?A. Make a list of all the things on a computer. B. Record all the activities she decides todo.C. Do a weekly review of every subject. D. Organize her notes before going to bed.648. What can we learn from the underlined sentence?A. A work plan is good and necessary. B. Half the work depends on a plan.C. A good plan can help complete the work better. D. It's all right to make a good planfor the work.649. What does the text mainly talk about?A. Culture and history. B. Arts and crafts. C. Social communication. D. Ideas andviewpoints.【 答案】646. A647. C648. C649. D【 分析】本文是一篇应用文。

      一个疲惫的女孩来信描述自己的烦恼,她日常活动太多过于繁忙,无法兼顾自己的学习和生活Sue则在回信中提出了很多有用的建议646 . 细节理解题根据文中“ 1 like doing lots of different things, but I'm so busy!”可知,Tired Girl每天有很多活动,非常忙,故选A647 . 细节理解题根据文中“You can list all the things you need to do each week in anotebook.”可知,Sue建议对方在笔记本中把每周要做的事情列举出来,故选C648 . 推理判断题根据文中“Making a good plan is half the work itself."可知,制定一个好的计划本身就是工作的一半体现出计划的重要性,计划能够帮助我们更好地完成工作649 . 主旨大意题根据文中Tired Girl的来信可知,她太过繁忙,无法安排好自己的学习和生活,有很多烦恼而 Sue的回信中则提出了很多有用的建议,可见本文是关于想法和观点的内容,故选DWhat do we do when we go camping? First, we work out a plan. We take food, clothing, a knife and things for cooking and eating. We take things to keep us away from insects( 昆虫)and the sunlight.Then we put everything into the car and drive to the woods( 树林) . We look for a placefor campers and look for a good place for our tent. The place should have a lot of moving air.This will keep some insects away. High land with water on both sides of it is good. Then weput up our tent. We put everything into the tent, and we are ready for fun. We can do manythings. We can swim in the lake, walk in the woods, climb a mountain, row a boat or gofishing.In the evening, we come back to the tent. We build a big fire because it can keep theinsects away. We sit around the fire and talk. We may tell interesting stories or we may singsongs. At night we lie down on the grass. We can look up at the stars. It is a busy day, so wetry to go to sleep early. Everything is dark. Everything is quiet. We hope we won't hear musicfrom the radio in the next tent. We hope it won't rain.650. Before going camping we should fi rst .A. work out a plan B. take some foodC. take things to keep us warm D. take something for cooking and eating651. What's the Chinese meaning of the underlined word “campers” in the passage?A . 野营 B . 猎人 C . 露营者 D . 帐蓬652. Campers can take part in activities according to the passage.A. one or two B. only a few C. many D. two or three653. In the evening we build a fire b e c a u s e .A. it is cold at nightC. it can keep the insects away654. The passage mainly tells usA. work out a planC. take things to keep us warmB. it can keep us warmD. it is dark and quietB. the things we do when campingD. the plan for camping【 答案】650. A651. C652. C653. C654. B 【 分析】本文主要告诉了我们去露营的时候需要做什么事情。

      650 . 细节理解题根据第一段“First, we work out a plan”可知首先要定制一个计划,故选 Ao651 . 词句猜测题根据第二段“Then we put everything into the car and drive to thewoods( 树林) . We look for a place for campers and look for a good place for our tent”以及第一段“What do we do when we go camping?”可推测此处的“campers”指的是露营者,故选Co652 . 细节理解题根据第二段“ We can do many things”可知可以做很多活动,故选Co653 . 细节理解题根据第三段“We build a big fire because it can keep the insects away”可知是因为它能让昆虫远离654 . 主旨大意题根据第——段“What do we do when we go camping? First, we work out aplan. We take food, clothing, a knife and things for cooking and eating. We take things toke叩 us away from insects( 昆虫) and the sunlight.”可知本文主要告诉了我们去露营时做什么。

      故选BAnger is a kind of feeling. Many things can make you angry. When your team loses animportant game, when a friend borrows your favorite thing and then breaks jt, you may getreally angry.Usually your body will tell you when you are angry. For example, you breathe faster,your face turns red, and you may want to break something or hit ( 打)someone, butsometimes, you hide ( 隐藏)your anger. For example, you may hide it in your heart. Theproblem is that if you do this, you may get a headache or your stomach may hurt.In fact, it's not good to hide your anger. When you get angry, you can talk about it withother people. Ifs helpful to talk about your anger with an adult, such as parents, a teacher, etc.When you talk about anger, those bad feelings can start to go away. Here are some otherthings you can do when you start to feel angry: talk to a good friend; count from 1 to 100; gofor a bike ride; think about good things, etc.Remember that how you act when you are angry can make everything better or worse.Don't let your anger control ( 控制)you.655 . You may get angry whe n.A. There is little homework on this weekend B. Your favorite basketball team wins the gameC. A friend breaks your favorite thingD. Your parents let you watch TV656. shows that you are not angry.A. Taking a faster breath. B. Getting a headache.C. Getting a stomachache. D. Wanting to help someone.657. According to the passage , you can do everything when you get angryEXCEPTA. say bad things to the people around you. B. go for a bike ride.C. count from 1 to 100 D. talk to a good friend658. The underlined word "it" in paragraph 1 refers to ( 指代).A. an important game B. a friendC. parents D. your favorite thing659. This passage is mainly a bout .A. excitement B. anger C. happiness D. sadness【 答案】655. C656. D657. A658. D659. B【 导语】本文主要叙述怒气的起因、表现、危害以及消除办法,告诫人们不要让怒气控制自己。

      655 . 细节理解题根据文中" … when a friend borrows your favorite thing and then breaksit, you may get really angry「 可知,当朋友打烂了你最喜欢的东西时,你可能会生气656 . 推理判断题根据文中“Usually your body will tell you when you are angry. Forexample, you breathe faster, your face turns red, ...For example, you may hide it in your heart.The problem is that if you do this, you may get a headache or your stomach may hurt.“可知,呼吸急促、头痛、肚子痛表明你生气,但是想要帮助别人表明你并不生气故选Do 6 5 7 .细节理解题根据文中“Here are some other things you can do when you start to feelangry: talk to a good friend; count from 1 to 100; give someone a hug( 拥抱) ; go for a bikeride; think about good things, etc."可知,我们生气的时候可以和好朋友交谈,可以从1数 到 1 0 0 ,可以给某人一个拥抱,可以去骑自行车,可以想一些美好的事情。

      而文章未提及A 选项所述内容6 5 8 .词义猜测题根据文中” … when a friend borrows your favorite thing...”当一个朋友借走你最喜欢的东西,可知,第一段中的划线词' 铲指代前文中的“your favorite thing”故选Do6 5 9 .主旨大意题通读全文可知,文章主要与“ 怒气” 相关文中叙述了怒气的起因、表现、危害以及消除办法,告诫人们不要让怒气控制自己Baseball is my favourite sport. It is fun to play, and it is fun to watch.I went to my first baseball game with my grandparents when I was 6. It was reallywonderful. We had a good time. I was happy to be with my grandparents. My grandfathermade me love the game.My dad knew I loved baseball, so he gave me a baseball on my ninth birthday.When I was 12, my friend came to me and asked me to join his team and play baseball.From then on ( 从那时起) , I got to learn more about baseball. I practised a lot and learnedhow to play better.My favourite player is Derrek Lee. Derrek Lee joined the Chicago Cubs in 2004. Thatyear was a good year for him, but 2005 was his best year. One of my favourite things aboutDerrek Lee is that he is a very nice person. He never shouts at others. He always has a bigsmile on his face. He seems happy all the time.660. Who made the writer love baseball?664. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?A. His fa由 er. B. His friend. C. His grandfather.D. Hisgrandmother.661. When the writer was________ years old, he got a baseball.A. 6 B. 9 C. 12D. 15662. The writer thinks Derrek Lee played best in________ .A. 2003 B. 2004 C. 2005D. 2006663. The writer thinks Derrek Lee is________ .A. careful B. nice C. strictD. hard-working A. Derrek Lee often shouts at other people. B. The writer went to his first baseballgame when he was 5.C. The writer joined his school baseball team when he was 12. D. Derrek Lee joined theChicago Cubs eleven years ago.【 答案】660. C661. B662. C663. B664. C【 分析】本文讲述了作者如何开始喜欢打棒球以及如何练习打棒球。

      660 . 细节理解题根据“My grandfather made me love the game.”可知,作者的爷爷让他爱上了这项运动661 . 细节理解题根据“My dad knew I loved baseball, so he gave me a baseball on myninth birthday.”可知,作者九岁生日的时候得到了一个棒球,故选B662 . 细节理解题根据“but 2005 was his best year”可知,作者认为2005年是DerrekLee最好的一年,故选C663 . 细节理解题根据"One of my favourite things about Derrek Lee is that he is a verynice person.”可知,作者认为Derrek Lee是一个非常好的人664 . 推理判断题根据“When I was 12, my friend came to me and asked me to join histeam and play baseball.”可知,作 者 12岁的时候加入朋友的球队打棒球How do you treat your books? Do you use a bookmark to avoid folding( 折叠) a page andkeep your books tidily on a shelf? Or perhaps you pay less attention to their condition —you're happy to take notes down the margins( 页边空白) of a page. What's your idea — doyou think they should always be kept in good condition?Yes. Books deserve our respect. It is important to care for your books. This is especially trueif the book costs a lot of money or is given to you as a present. It also won't last long if they aredamaged( 破坏) . If a book is full of ripped( 撕破的) pages, it is less possible that a friend will wantto pick it up and read. If you donate it to a charity shop, it is less possible that someone will buy it.Over time, treating books badly could become a bad habit. NO. It doesn't matter if you just read. One of the great things about an actual book is thatreaders can make it their own with notes. If it's a gift, you can write a nice message. It can make abook feel personal and special to you. It doesn't matter if this means that a book isn't in perfectcondition — you can always buy a new copy if the old one gets too damaged. In the end, writersjust want people to read their stories: they don't mind how or where people do it.665. What is the passage about?A. The discussion about how to treat our books withbookmarks. B. The discussion about whether weshould keep books well.C. The reasons for reading more books in daily life. D. The reasons for treating books in afriendly way.666. What does the underlined( 划线的) sentence mean?A. Books are worth our respect. B. Books help us win respect.C. Books teach us to show respect. D. Books catch people's attention.667. According to the passage, someone may not want to pick the book to read if.A. it costs a lot of money B. it is a presentC. it is full of ripped pages D. it is from a charity shop668. Some people think keeping books in good condition is unimportant probably becauseA. they like untidy books better than those in good condition B. they would rather buynew copies than read old onesC. they think books with messages may make people less interested D. they care moreabout writers' stories than how books are kept【 答案】665. B666. A667. C668. D【 分析】本文主要是关于是否应该好好爱护书本的讨论。

      6 6 5 .主旨大意题根据第一段"What's your idea 一 do you think they should always be kept in good condition?”可知本文主要是关于我们是否应该好好爱护书本的讨论故选Bo666. 词句猜测题根据第一个表格“It is important to care for your books. This isespecially true if the book costs a lot of money or is given to you as a present.“可知爱护你的书是很重要的如果这本书花了很多钱或是作为礼物送给你,这一点尤其正确可推测这是表示“ 书籍值得我们尊重" ,故选A6 6 7 .细节理解题根据第一个表格“ If a book is full of ripped( 撕破的) pages, il is lesspossible that a friend will want to pick it up and read.”可知是因为里面全是撕掉的书页,故选Co6 6 8 .细节理解题根据第二个表格“In the end, writers just want people to read theirstories: they don't mind how or where people do it.”可知是因为他们更关心作家的故事,而不是书的保存方式。

      故选DAll right then- just one more piece...” Words every girl has said when they are facedwith the delicious cheesecake. Of course, many of us know we may eat the whole thing in theend.It isn't just girls. Most of us find it hard to say 'no' to something attractive. However,scientists now say that willpower( 意志力) is very important for success and a happylife.Scientists in different countries have been studying the influence of willpower on people'slives for a long time. In one experiment( 实验) , scientists told young children that they couldeither have candy now, or two candies in 15 minutes. Waiting of course needed morewillpower. Scientists then continued studying the children as they grew up. They wanted tosee if some children always had stronger willpower. They also wanted to see how havingstronger willpower influenced their lives.Years later, scientists found that the children who had waited for two candies were allhealthier, happier and richer adults. Oppositely ( 可能)to be in low-paid jobs, to beoverweight, to have social problems.But there is hope, Roy F Baumeister, an American social psychology( 心理学) expert toldus that we can train our willpower just like we train our muscles( 肌肉) . Even a littlepractice can strengthen our overall self-control if we do it regularly.You could start by making yourself stand up straight, speaking in complete sentences, orusing a computer mouse with the other hand. Scientists have found that people who manage to change little habits often perform much better in laboratory willpower tests.Like muscles, willpower can “get tired^^. Don't try to do too many things at the sametime, or when you don't have enough energy, for example, when you are ill. If you alreadyfeel tired, you can try to recharge( 恢复) your willpower with a good nighfs sleep and byeating well.669. The example of a girl eating cheesecake is used to.A. prove that girls usually have weak willpowerB. introduce the topic of willpower to the readersC. describe girls' special love for cheesecakeD. show the relationships between willpower and success670. What did the scientists conclude ( 得出结论) from the experiment?A. Willpower has no influence on people's lives at all.B. Willpower is the most important to success and a happy life.C. The children who chose only one candy would be poor all their lives.D. The children who have stronger willpower are more successful in their lives.671. Which of the following is NOT mentioned about the training of willpower?A. Set a goal every day.B. Have a good rest and eat well.C. Practice in a proper way.D. Avoid using willpower too much.672. The passage mainly tells us .A. willpower and muscles are similar and they can be trainedB. willpower influences people's lives and it is similar to musclesC. willpower is very important to success and it can be developedD. willpower is connected with success and they influence each other【 答案】669. B670. D671. A672. C 【 分析】本文主要介绍了意志力对我们生活的影响以及如何培养意志力。

      6 6 9 .推理判断题根据第二段“However, scientists now say that willpower( 意志力) isvery important for success and a happy lifb.”科学家们现在认为,意志力对于成功和幸福的生活是非常重要的,据此推断本文讲了女孩的例子是为了引出本文的主题故选Bo6 7 0 .细节理解题根据第三段“Years later, scientists found that the children who hadwaited for two candies were all healthier, happier and richer adults.”多年后, 科学家们发现,那些等了两颗糖的孩子都是更健康、更快乐、更富有的成年人可知,实验表明意志力强的孩子在生活中更成功671. 细节判断题根据" If you already feel tired, you can try to recharge( 恢复) yourwillpower with a good night's sleep and by eating well.”可知, 文中讲到了好好休息, 好好吃饭; 根据"Even a little practice can strengthen our overall self-control if we do itregularly.”可知,意志力需要有规律地得到锻炼,也就是用正确的方式锻炼,C 项在文中也提到了 ;根据“Like muscles, willpower can “get tired” “可知,意志力也会疲劳,所以不能过度使用,D 项在文中也提到了;综合判断,文中没有提到“ 每天设定一个目标” 。

      故选A6 7 2 .主旨大意题根据第二段“However, scientists now say that willpower( 意志力) isvery important fbr success and a happy liffe."和第四段“an American social psychology ( 心理学)expert told us that we can train our willpower just like we train our muscles( 加 L 肉) ' ' 可知,本文主要告诉我们意志力对成功非常重要,它是可以培养的If you want to travel from Xi'an to Chengdu by train, it will take about 16 hours. Butstarting this month, the new Xi'an-Chengdu high-speed railway will shorten this travel timeto three hours.The 643-kilometer line is China's first high-speed railway to run through the QinlingMountains, which form a natural boundary ( 分界线) between China's north and south. With aspeed of 250 km perhour, it's also the first mountain-heavy train line to provide a 4Gnetwork. Along the way, the train passes through two areas fbr rare ( 稀有) wild animals-onefor pandas and the other for crested ibises ( 朱鹘) .To reduce the railway's influence on the animals, workers and experts have designed andbuilt the railway to be environmentally friendly. There were 345 wild pandas living in theQinling Mountains. China cun*ently has 1,864 wild pandas in total, according to the XinhuaNews Agency. To avoid disturbing the pandas, the railway was designed to run through tunnels ( 隧道) within the are Protective shields ( 防护屏) are placed near the entrance of each tunnel tostop animals from going in.To protect the thousands of crested ibises that fly near one part of the railway, protectivenets have been set up to make sure the birds will not fly into a train.The nets are about 32kmlong and 4 meters high. Experts tested different shapes and materials for building the netsbefore making their final choice.673. From this month, it will take to travel from Xi'an to Chengdu by the high­speed train.A. 16 hours B. 13 hours C. 3 hours D. 1 hour674. Which of the following is TRUE about the new Xi'an-Chengdu railway?A. It is China's first high-speed railway.B. It runs through the Qinling Mountains.C. It is the first mountain-heavy train line.D. It is the first train line with a 4G net work.675. Why did people build the railway to be environmentally friendly?A. To save money and energy.C. To avoid harming wild animals.quietly.676. What is the passage about?A. Xi'an Chengdu high-speed railway.ibises.C. Qinling Mountains.B. To avoid damaging the mountains.D. To help the train run through tunnelsB. How to protect pandas and crestedD. Protective shields and nets.【 答案】673. C674. B675. C676. A【 分析】本文是一篇说明文。

      本文主要讲了新的西安——成都高铁6 7 3 .细节理解题根据"But starting this month, the new Xi'an-Chengdu high-speedrailway will shorten this travel time to three hours.“可知,从本月开始,新的西安- - - - 成 都高铁将把旅行时间缩短到3 个小时6 7 4 .细节理解题根据“The 643-kilometer line is China's first high-speed railway to runthrough the Qinling Mountains”可知,这条全长643公里的铁路是中国第一条穿越秦岭山脉的高速铁路6 7 5 .细节理解题根据“To reduce the railway's influence on the animals, workers andexperts have designed and built the railway to be environmentally fHendly.“可知,为了 减少铁路对动物的影响,工人和专家们设计和建造了环保铁路。

      故选C6 7 6 . 主旨大意题通读全文可知,本文主要讲了新的西安——成都高铁Nowadays, cities are becoming bigger and bigger and many people are moving intothem. But it is really good for people to live in cities? Different people have differentopinions about this.Some people think that it is enjoyable to live in cities. They think it is quite convenient( 方便的) and comfortable for people to move anywhere. So in their minds cities are goodplaces to live in.However, there are also some people who don't like living in the cities. Some peoplewould like to live in the countryside. They think living in the countryside is morecomfortable, because they feel relaxed. There are green trees, beautiful flowers and blueskies. They also think that the air in the countryside is much fresher and cleaner, which isgood for our health.In fact, every coin has two sides. In my eyes, I would love to live in the countryside,because I was born in the city, and I have lived in it since I was born. I am interested in livingin the countryside very much. In the countryside, when the sun goes down, the sky turns intoa fantastic painting as clear as crystal ( 水晶) .This can make me feel relaxed.677. Some people think cities are good places to live in b e c a u s e .A. it's enjoyable B. they can enjoy good foodC. there aren^ interesting things D. the air is fresher678. Why do some people like to live in the countryside?A. It is more convenient. B. They feel more relaxed.C. They have lived in cities for a long time. D. They can enjoy more food.679. Which is good for health in the countryside according to the passage?A. Fresh air. B. Blue skies. C. Green trees. D. Beautifulflowers. 680. What does the underlined sentence “every coin has two sides" mean?A. All coins are the same. B. People have the same ideas.C. It's better to live in the countryside. D. Everything has its two sides - goodand bad.681. The last paragraph is to tell us.A. why it's better to live in the cityB. why the writer wants to live in the countrysideC. why the writer doesn't like living in the countrysideD. why the writer was born in city but live in the countryside now【 答案】677. A678. B679. A680. D681. D【 导语】本文是一篇议论文,讨论了住在城市和乡下的利弊。

      677 . 细节理解题根据原文“Some people think that it is enjoyable to live in cities”可知,有些人认为住在城市里很愉快678 . 细节理解题根据原文“They think living in the countryside is more comfortable,because they feel relaxed”可知,有些人认为住在乡下更舒服,因为他们感到很放松故选 B679 . 细节理解题根据原文“They also think that the air in the countryside is much fresherand cleaner which is good for our health”可知,清新的空气对健康有好处故选A 680 . 词句猜测题根据上文可知,人们列举了住在城市或乡下的利和弊,说明每件事都有好坏,即每个硬币都有两面681 . 主旨大意题通读最后一段,作者解释了为什么生在城市却选择在乡村生活故选 DNew Exercise Trend Also Helps EnvironmentFor some people, walking or running outdoors is a great way to exercise. But we oftensee the rubbish all over the ground. It not only damages our environment but also affects ourgood mood. Then what should we do? Some people are plogging to exercise and protect our environment. But what is it?“Plogging“ began in Sweden. The name combines ( 结合)the Swedish word “plockaj whichmeans to pick up some rubbish, and the word 'jogging,“ which means to run slowly.A Swedish man named Erik Ahlstrom, started the movement in 2016. On the WorldEnvironment Day website, Ahlstrom says that each day he rode his bike to work and one dayhe paid attention to the rubbish in the street. So, he began picking up the rubbish. And that ishow plogging was bom!Today, plogging is an official activity, one that is becoming more and morepopular. "Plogging is equal parts exercise and community service, iLcan also build closersocial connections in a community.^^ the expert Julie Lawson explains.Plogging can be fun, too. When Dana Allen uses this way to exercise around D. C . ,she invites her friends. They feel very happy. Allen always does it more than three times aweek. "I would just hope people would think twice before dropping the rubbish on theground. Ifs easy to put your rubbish in the trash cans.^^It's important to do something before plogging. Ploggers need do some balancingexercises first. Then, they must put on protective gloves.There are rules for plogging. Ploggers must pay attention to those around them. Stoppingquickly in the street to pick up some rubbish might cause an accident.Plogging is becoming more and more popular, it's a good way to exercise and protectour environment, so let's do it together now.682. What does the word "plogging" mean?A. It means people pick up some rubbish while they exercise.B. It means people exercise in the street and help others.C. It means people exercise and help to sweep the street.D. It means people pick up some rubbish when they have a trip.683. Who is the first one to start plogging?A. Julie Lawson. B. Dana Allen. C. The writer. D. Erik Ahlstrom.684. What does the word “it” in Paragraph 4 refer to?A. Exercise B. Community service C. Plogging D. An officialactivity685. How often might Allen go plogging? A. Once a week.B. Twice a week.C. Three time a week. D. Four times aweek.686. Which one is true according to this article?A. Dana Allen often invites her parents to plog.B. If you want to plog, you need to invite your friends first.C. Although you are ready to plog, you still need to pay attention to your safety.D. Before plogging, you just need to do some balancing exercises.【 答案】682. A683. D684. C685. D686. C【 分析】本文是新闻报道,关注的是环境保护,介绍了新兴的在锻炼时捡垃圾的plogging运动,提醒人们做plogging时需要注意自己的安全。

      6 8 2 .词句猜测题根据第二段的解释“The name combines the Swedish word 'plocka/which means to pick up some rubbish, and the word Jogging/ which means to run slowly”,可知"plogging”的意思是人们在锻炼的时候捡垃圾,故选Ao683 . 细节理解题根据第三段“A Swedish man named Erik Ahlstrom, started themovement in 2016”,可知是瑞典人 Erik Ahlstrom 开始了 plogging,故选 Do684 . 词句猜测题根据上文“Plogging is equal parts exercise and community service”, 可知说的是“ 社区服务” ,故选C685 . 推理判断题根据第五段“Allen always does it more than three times a week",可知每周超过三次,“Four times a week”符合题意,故选Do686 . 推理判断题。

      根据第六段“It's important to do something before plogging”,结合下文提到“ 先做一些平衡练习必须注意周围的人” ,可知虽然已经准备好了,但仍然需要注意自己的安全,故选CIn a class, I wrote some notes on the blackboard. One girl quickly took a picture of theblackboard using her smart phone. When I looked at her notes, she said, “Sorry. Was it wrongto take a picture?^^“I can't read my own handwriting,she explained. "It's best if I take a picture of your writing so I can get a better understanding of the notes.^^Those words parted a hot discussion about taking a picture instead of taking notes. Somestudents took pictures of notes because they knew their phone was a safe place to keep things.They might lose paper, but they wouldn't lose their phones. Some students took photosbecause they wanted to record ( 记录) exactly what had been written on the blackboard.Others said that they preferred to listen to the teacher attentively.★ However, it does raise some questions about the method. Is a picture a goodreplacement ( 替换物) for the process of note-taking?Teachers encourage students to take notes because the act of doing so is more than justrecording necessary information. It helps prepare the way for understanding. Encouragingstudents to take notes seems to be an old-fashioned ( 过时的) teaching method. However, amethod with along history doesn't mean it's out-of-date. Writing things down makes astudent's brain take an active part in class.Taking a picture does record the information. However, it cuts off some of the necessarymental involvement ( 精神参与) .So who can decide which is more useful?687. Why did the girl take a picture with a smart phone according to her words?A. Because she was not hard-working.B. Because it was the easiest learning method.C. Because it saved some time to take notes.D. Because it helped her understand the notes better.688. What does the third paragraph mainly want to tell us?A. Good things about taking pictures of the notes in class.B. Different methods to record information in class.C. The main reasons for writing down notes in class.D. Ways to make students listen to the teacher carefully in class.689. What could be put in the blank "★” in the fourth paragraph?A. Writing things down might seem so difficult.B. It may be good to use cameras to take notes.C. Taking pictures isn't as great as students usually think.D. In fact, taking notes in class isn't useful nowadays.690. What is the writer\ opinion about taking notes and taking pictures?A. Taking notes in class is an out-of-date learning method. B. Taking notes makes students hate class learning.C. Taking notes helps students learn better than taking pictures.D. Taking pictures is as useful for learning as taking notes in class.691. Whafs the best title for the passage?A. How should teachers teach students?B. Taking pictures is better.C. Why not take notes in class?D. Taking pictures or taking notes?【 答案】687. D688. A689. B690. C691. D【 导语】本文是一篇议论文。

      文章主要讨论了在课上应该抄笔记还是把老师的板书拍照687 . 细节理解题根据" 'I can't read my own handwriting/ she explained. Slfs best if Itake a picture of your writing so I can get a better understanding of the notes/ ”可知这个女孩用拍下老师的板书是为了更好地理解笔记688 . 细节理解题根据“Some students took pictures of notes because they knew theirphone was a safe place to keep things.,,uSome students took photos because they wanted torecord exactly what had been written on the blackboard.”可知这段主要解释拍笔记的好处689 . 细节理解题根据下句“However, it does raise some questions about the method. Is apicture a good replacement for the process of note-taking?”可知作者提出质疑,一张照片真地能成为记笔记这个步骤的替代品吗? However" 然而” 此处应填和下句有转折关系的句子,选项B” 使用照相机拍照可能是好的“ 符合语境。

      故选B690 . 细节理解题根据“the act of doing so is more than just recording necessaryinformation. It helps prepare the way fbr understanding.,,4

      692. What is the result of the new research?A. Technology devices put kids in danger.B. Using technology devices at bedtime causes poor sleep.C. Kids spend too much time on technology devices.693. How does a technology device influence a kid's sleep according to the passage? A. By catching a kid's attention.B. By making noises.C. By sending out a light.694. According to the passage, getting enough sleep is very important for us to learnA. English B. history C. science695. According to the passage, which of the following sentences is TRUE?A. Kids aged 6 should get at least 11 hours of sleep a night.B. A few teenagers use at least one technology device in their bedrooms.C. Kids should stop using technology devices at least 30 minutes before going to the bed.696. At the end of the passage, the writer gives some advice on how to.A. improve sleep qualityB. make good use of technology devicesC. avoid using technology devices at bedtime【 答案】692. B693. C694. A695. C696. C【 分析】本文主要讲述了科技设备对孩子们的影响,并给出了相关的建议。

      692 . 细节理解题根据“The researchers say that technology devices are causing kids tosleep less and influencing the quality of their sleep”可知新研究发现科技设备造成孩子睡眠少并且影响睡眠质量693 . 细节理解题根据“A smartphone or an iPad also sends out a light that influences thebody's natural timing. All these can lead to poor sleep quality”可矢口智能或 iPad 也会发出光,影响身体的自然时间所有这些都会导致睡眠质量差694 . 细节理解题根据"Getting enough sleep is especially important for learning subjectslike math and foreign languages.”可知足够的睡眠对学习数学和外语很重要695 . 细节理解题根据“The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) advises kids to stoplooking at screens at least half an hour before bedtime”可知 AAP 建议孩子们在睡觉前至少半小时不要看屏幕。

      故选C 6 9 6 .推理判断题根据“If you can't help picking up a technology device at bedtime, trythese relaxing activities instead”可知下面是一些令人放松的建议,避免玩科技设备故选 CIf you want to make friends, what should you do?Steps:★ Try to look on the bright side of things.★ Look for groups in your area that do something you are interested in. Maybe you will learnsome new skills and meet some people who have many things in common with you.Tips( 建议,诀窍) :★ Contact your friends at least once a week by telephone or e-mail, or by visiting them tofind out how they are. Remember important things about them such as birthdays andweddings( 婚礼) .★ If you have an argument with your friends, say sorry first.★ Remember never to leave old friends just because you have made some new ones.★ Listen to others carefully. It^ better to be a good listener.★ Be different. Don't try to change others through your own ideas.Warnings:★ Never ask or give away( 泄密) a friend's secret.★ Don't be afraid to stand up for what is right.★ You'd better not give your ID number, phone number or your home address to people thatyou have just made friends with.根据短文内容,从题中所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选择最佳答案。

      697. Why is it good to look for groups in your area?A. Because it isn't far.B. Because it is a rule in your area.C. Because you can make some money.D. Because it's a good chance to meet people who have the same interests.698. The underlined word “contact” means "A . 联系 B . 关系 C . 关联 D . 联合699. If you are somebody's good friend, you s h o u l d .①try to know his or her secrets©support him or her when he or she is right ③keep in touch with them often@ try to change her or him with your own ideasA . ①② B . ②③ C . ②④ D . ①④7 00. Which of the following is NOT right according to the passage?A . Listen to your friends carefully and keep their secrets.B. To keep in touch with your new friends, you'd better tell them your phone number oraddress.C. If you have an argument with your good friend, you'd better say sorry to him or her first.D. When you want to make more friends, you should look on the bright side first.7 01. What's the best title for the passage?A . What Is Real FriendshipB. Where to Meet New FriendsC . How to Make FriendsD. Friends should Help Each Other【 答案】697 . D698 . A699. B7 00. B7 01. C【 分析】这篇短文主要介绍了慎重交友的两个步骤,提出妥善交友的五条建议以及三个涉及隐私注意事项。

      697 .细节理解题根据下文 Maybe you will learn some new skills and meet some peoplewho have many things in common with you.描述可知,这样可以学习一些新技术,遇上一些志同道合的人698 .词义猜测题根据下文 by telephone or e-mail, or by visiting them to find out howthey are.(通过、邮件或者拜访等联系方式看看朋友怎样了)的描述可以推断,contact是“ 联系” 的意思699 .细节理解题根据短文Contact your friends at least once a week ( 至少每周联系你的朋友) 以及Don、be afYaid to stand up fbr what is right ( 不要害怕支持对的事情)的 描述可知,应该选B7 0 0 .细节理解题根据短文 You'd better not give your ID number, phone number or yourhome address to people that you have just made friends w ith.( 你最好不要把你的身份证号码、号码以及家庭住址给你刚结交的朋友)的描述可知,不正确的一项是B。

      7 0 1 . 标题归纳题联系上下文可知,短文主要介绍交友的步骤、如何妥善交友以及交友的注意事项,归纳起来就是如何交友的问题Do you find when lining up ( 排队) at the supermarket, other lines always seem to bemoving faster than yours? Now a report by The New York Times looks into the math andpsychology ( 心理学) of lining up. It also gives ways on picking the fastest line, either in asupermarket, a bank or anywhere else.Pick someone with a full basketUS mathematician ( 数学家) Dan Meyer believes that a basket full of items ( 物品) doesn't tellthe whole story. "Every person needs 41 seconds to say hello, pay, say goodbye and leave,9,he said. Each item in the basket only takes 3 seconds.This means if there are ten people in front of you, each with 1 item in their baskets, thewaiting time will be 440 seconds. But if there is only one person in front of you, with 50items in the basket, the waiting time will be 191 seconds. You do the math.Study the customersIt's important to know who the customers are. For example, if they are elder people, theymight move slower. At the same time, the items in their baskets are also important. Forexample, four bottles of the same milk will go faster than four different items.Go leftAccording to US science writer Robert Samuel, about 90 percent of people are right-handed. That means they will naturally choose lines on the right. So standing on the left willgive you a better chance of finding a faster line.702. If there are 5 people in front of you, each with 10 items in their baskets, it will take youA. 355 seconds B. 205 seconds C. 150 seconds D. 410 seconds703. From the p a s s a g e , ma y move faster.a. a line with three elder people.b. a line with three young people. c. a basket with the same items.d. a basket with different items.A. ac B. be C. ad D. bd704. Robert Samuel thinks is a better chance of finding a faster line.A. picking someone with a full basket B. studying the customersC. picking lines on the left D. studying the items customers bought705. The best title of this article may be.A. Math in everyday life B. Advice on picking the fastest lineC. Customers lining up D. The importance of picking the fastestline【 答案】702. A703. B704. C705. B【 分析】短文大意:本文作者从数学和心理学方面提供了在超市、银行或其他任何地方挑选最快队伍的方法建议。

      7 0 2 .题意:如果你面前有5 个人,每个人的篮子里都有10样东西,那么你需要355秒考查数字理解题根据美国数学家丹•梅尔的说法“Every person needs 41 seconds tosay hello, pay, say goodbye and leave,“ he said. Each item in the basket only takes 3seconds.,可 知 ( 41 + 10x3) x 5 = 3 5 5 ,故选 A7 0 3 .题意:从文章中可以看出,三个年轻人一排的队可能移动得更快考查细节判断题a. a line with three elder people.排队的是三个老人b. a line with three youngpeople. 一行三个年轻人c. a basket with the same items. 一篮子同样的东西d. abasket with different items.一篮子不同的物品根据 For example, if they are elder people,they might move slower. At the same time, the items in their baskets are also important. Forexample, four bottles of the same milk will go faster than four different items. 老年人可能行动缓慢,同时( 装) 四瓶相同的牛奶比四种不同的东西走得快,可知三个年轻人一行的队伍移动更快,故选B。

      7 0 4 .题意:罗伯特・ 塞缪尔认为选择左边的路线是找到更快路线的更好的机会考查细节理解题A. picking someone with a full basket t 拿着满满一篮子的人;B. studying the customers 研究客户;C. picking lines on the left 选择左边的线;D. studying the itemscustomers bough 研究顾客购买的商品根据 So standing on the left will give you a betterchance of finding a faster line., 可知选 C7 0 5 .题意:考查细节理解题A. Math in everyday life日常生活中的数学;B. Adviceon picking the fastest line关于选择最快线路的建议;C. Customers lining up客户排队;D. The importance of picking the fastest line选择最快路线的重要性根据短文内容,介绍了顾客购物时的路线选择的方法,可知选B。

      点睛】阅读理解是最能体现学生英语能力的题型,分值较高,如何通过解题方法的掌握来提升自己解答阅读理解题的技巧是学生最关心的问题初中阅读理解一般考查学生的细节理解能力,主旨理解能力和推理判断能力做阅读理解题,首先要准确理解题意,然后根据题意根据短文内容做出正确的答案 1)考查细节理解能力,此类型题较简单,准确理解题意后,直接到文中找出答案 2)考查猜词能力做这种题型时,要根据上下文意思准确猜出词意3)考查推理判断能力,此类题型较难,准确理解题意后,在文中找出相关的内容做出合理的推断 4 )考查主旨理解题此类题型需通读全文,整体把握,根据文本主要内容选择合适的选项三、阅读判断In April, the acknowledgment section ( 致谢)from Doctor Huang Guoping becamevery popular on the Internet.Dear teachers, I have come a long way and overcome the difficulties to show this passage infront of you. During 22 years of study, the road has been a rainy one. It was not easy to get here.I used to live in the poor countryside. My mother left when I was twelve. My father died in atraffic accident five years later, and in the same year, my grandmother passed away. I cried sohard, because I knew if I got seriously ill, no one could take care of me. While others werestudying in the bright rooms, I was doing my homework alone in the dark broken house.Although the life was so difficult, I didn't give up. I kept studying hard and wanted to get outof the poor countryside. My dream finally came true with the help of you and many kind peoplearound me.I wish I can keep a young heart after years of fighting. I hope I have the chance ( 机会)tochange my hometown and make someone else's life better.Your student, Huang GuopingHuang Guoping shared his past experience in the letter above. People can see how ayoung man fought against different kinds of difficulties in his way. His strong spirit is like thelight in the dark and has touched a large number of people.阅读短文,根据短文内容判断句子正误。

      正确的填A , 错误的填B706. The acknowledgment section from Huang Guoping was popular before he became adoctor.707. It was always rainy in Huang Guoping's hometown.708. Huang Guoping's grandmother died when he was 17.709. Huang Guoping's teachers offered him help on his way to achieve his dream.710. The passage is mainly about how to write the acknowledgment section.【 答案】706. B707. B708. A709. A710. B【 导语】本文是黄国平给老师们的致谢信,详细地介绍了信的内容和对人们的影响7 0 6 .推理判断题根据"In April, the acknowledgment section from Doctor HuangGuoping became very popular on the Internet.”可知,黄国平的致谢部分在他成为博士之前就很受欢迎是错误的。

      故答案是B707 . 细节理解题根据“During 22 years of study, the road has been a rainy one. It was noteasy to get here."可知,黄国平指的是学习生涯不容易,而并非他的家乡总是下雨故答案是B708 . 细节理解题根据"My mother left when I was twelve. My father died in a trafficaccident five years later, and in the same year, my grandmother passed away.”可知,他的祖母在他17岁时去世故答案是A709 . 细节理解题根据"I kept studying hard and wanted to get out of the poor countryside.My dream finally came true with the help of you and many kind people around me.“可知,黄国平的老师在他实现梦想的道路上给予了他帮助故答案是Ao 7 1 0 .细节理解题。

      根据"Dear teachers,”以及"My dream finally came true with the help ofyou and many kind people around me.”并结合全文可知,这篇文章主要是黄国平给老师们的致谢信故答案是BRecently a new lifestyle called low carbon ( 碳) life is spreading every corner of ourcountry. The meanings of low carbon are low energy and no waste. It is so important a projectthat I can't wait to express my ideas on how to promote ( 推动) it.First, we should set up a no-car day every week in our school. Because cars not onlybring serious air pollution but also waste energy. On the no-car day, neither students norteachers are allowed to drive to school, just walk or run. Use our legs and enjoy the fun.Second, we had better not use plastic bags. No one can stand the “white pollution^^, so itis wise to use cloth bags which can be used again and again.Finally, one thing that we should remember is that every big thing comes from smalldetails ( 细节) . So, as students, we should turn off the lights the moment we leave, use bothsides of paper, and reuse our textbooks and so on.All in all, it weighs greatly for all of us to put the low carbon lifestyle into practice. Justset our mind to these: no-car days, no plastic bags, and no waste. Lefs do it now.根据文章内容,判断句子的正( T)误 ( F) ( 每小题1分, 共 5 分)711. Low carbon means low energy and no waste.712. Cars have nothing to do with air pollution.713. We can walk or run instead of driving to school on a no-car day.714. Small details can't play any role when we want to do big things.715. Ifs very important fbr us to live a low carbon life from now on.【 答案】711. T712. F713. T714. F715. T【 分析】本文是一篇说明文。

      文章主要介绍了我们怎样做可以低碳生活7 1 1 .细节理解题根据文章第一段中的"The meanings of low carbon are low energy andno waste”可知,低碳的含义是低能耗和无浪费,所以题干的说法是正确的,故填T 712 . 细节理解题根据文章第二段中的“Because cars not only bring serious air pollutionbut also waste energy”可知,汽车不仅带来严重的空气污染,而且浪费能源,所以题干的说法“ 汽车与空气污染无关' ' 的说法是错误的,故填F713 . 细节理解题根据文章第二段中的"On the no-car day, neither students nor teachersare allowed to drive to school, just walk or run. Use our legs and enjoy the fbn”可知, 在无车日,学生和老师都不允许开车上学,只能走路或跑步,所以题干的说法“ 在无车日,我们可以步行或跑步而不是开车上学' ' 是正确的,故填T714 . 细节理解题。

      根据文章倒数第二段中的“one thing that we should remember is thatevery big thing comes from small details”可知,我们应该记住的一点是,每一件大事都来自于小细节,所以题干的说法“ 当我们想做大事时,小细节不能起任何作用” 的说法是错误的,故填F715 . 推理判断根据文章最后一段“All in all, it weighs.....plastic bags, and no waste.Let's do it now”可推知,从现在开始,低碳生活对我们来说非常重要,所以题干的说法是正确的,故填T。

      点击阅读更多内容
      关于金锄头网 - 版权申诉 - 免责声明 - 诚邀英才 - 联系我们
      手机版 | 川公网安备 51140202000112号 | 经营许可证(蜀ICP备13022795号)
      ©2008-2016 by Sichuan Goldhoe Inc. All Rights Reserved.